Form 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

 


(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006.

or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                          TO                         .

Commission File Number 1-11921

 


E*TRADE Financial Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Delaware   94-2844166

(State or Other Jurisdiction

of Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

135 East 57th Street, New York, New York 10022

(Address of Principal Executive Offices and Zip Code)

(646) 521-4300

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 


Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

(Title of each class and Name of exchange on which registered)

Common Stock—$0.01 par value—NASDAQ

Mandatory Convertible Notes

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasonal issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Act. Yes ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer x   Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨    No  x

At June 30, 2006, the aggregate market value of voting stock, comprised of the registrant’s common stock and shares exchangeable into common stock, held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $7.8 billion (based upon the closing price for shares of the registrant’s common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on that date). Shares of common stock held by each officer, director and holder of 5% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

Number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of February 23, 2007: 427,164,672

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held May 23, 2007, to be filed hereafter (incorporated into Part III hereof).

 



Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

For the Year Ended December 31, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I     
Forward-Looking Statements    ii
Item 1.   Business    1
 

Overview

   1
 

Products and Services

   1
 

Customer Service

   3
 

Technology

   3
 

Competition

   4
 

Performance Measurement

   4
 

International Operations

   5
 

Regulation

   5
Item 1A.   Risk Factors    6
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments    13
Item 2.   Properties    13
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings    13
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    14
PART II    15
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    15
Item 6.   Selected Consolidated Financial Data    17
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    19
 

Overview

   19
 

Earnings Overview

   25
 

Segment Results Review

   38
 

Balance Sheet Overview

   41
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   48
 

Risk Management

   50
 

Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

   51
 

Required Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies

   56
 

Glossary of Terms

   64
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk    68
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    71
  Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting    71
  Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm    72
  Consolidated Statement of Income    74
  Consolidated Balance Sheet    75
  Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income    76
  Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity    77
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows    79
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements    81
 

Note 1—Organization, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   81
 

Note 2—Business Combinations

   91
 

Note 3—Discontinued Operations

   92
 

Note 4—Facility Restructuring and Other Exit Activities

   94
 

Note 5—Operating Interest Income and Operating Interest Expense

   97
 

Note 6—Available-for-Sale Mortgage-Backed and Investment Securities

   98

 

i


Table of Contents
 

Note 7—Loans, Net

   101
 

Note 8—Brokerage Receivables, Net and Brokerage Payables

   103
 

Note 9—Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

   103
 

Note 10—Servicing Rights

   109
 

Note 11—Property and Equipment, Net

   110
 

Note 12—Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Net

   110
 

Note 13—Other Assets

   112
 

Note 14—Deposits

   113
 

Note 15—Asset Securitization

   114
 

Note 16—Securities Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase and Other Borrowings

   119
 

Note 17—Corporate Debt

   121
 

Note 18—Accounts Payable, Accrued and Other Liabilities

   123
 

Note 19—Income Taxes

   124
 

Note 20—Earnings per Share

   127
 

Note 21—Share Repurchases

   128
 

Note 22—Employee Share-Based Payments and Other Benefits

   128
 

Note 23—Regulatory Requirements

   131
 

Note 24—Lease Arrangements

   132
 

Note 25—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Regulatory Matters

   133
 

Note 26—Segment and Geographic Information

   135
 

Note 27—Fair Value Disclosure of Financial Instruments

   139
 

Note 28—Related Party Transactions

   140
 

Note 29—Condensed Financial Information (Parent Company Only)

   141
 

Note 30—Subsequent Event

   144
 

Note 31—Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

   144
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    145
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures    145
Item 9B.   Other Information    145
PART III    145
PART IV    145
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    145
Exhibit Index    146
Signatures    153

 


Unless otherwise indicated, references to “the Company,” “We,” “Us,” “Our” and “E*TRADE” mean E*TRADE Financial Corporation or its subsidiaries.

E*TRADE, E*TRADE Financial, E*TRADE Bank, ClearStation, Equity Edge, Equity Resource, OptionsLink and the Converging Arrows logo are registered trademarks of E*TRADE Financial Corporation in the United States and in other countries.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. These statements relate to our future plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. These statements may be identified by the use of words such as “expect,” “may,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan” and similar expressions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements, and we caution that we do not undertake to update these statements. Factors that could contribute to our actual results differing from any forward-looking statements include those discussed under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this report. The cautionary statements made in this report should be read as being applicable to all forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this report.

 

ii


Table of Contents

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

E*TRADE Financial Corporation is a global financial services company, offering a wide range of financial solutions to retail and institutional customers under the brand “E*TRADE Financial.” We strive to create a differentiated financial services franchise by leveraging technology to deliver a compelling combination of product, service and price to the value-driven mass affluent customer. Information on our website is not a part of this report.

Our corporate offices are located at 135 East 57th Street, New York, New York 10022. We were incorporated in California in 1982 and reincorporated in Delaware in July 1996. We have approximately 4,100 employees. We operate directly and through numerous subsidiaries many of which are overseen by governmental and self-regulatory organizations. Our most significant subsidiaries are described below:

 

   

E*TRADE Bank is a Federally chartered savings bank that provides lending products to retail customers nationwide and deposit accounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”);

 

   

E*TRADE Capital Markets, LLC is a registered broker-dealer, specialist, market-making firm and also acts as agent for our institutional customers;

 

   

E*TRADE Clearing LLC is the clearing firm for our brokerage subsidiaries. Its main purpose is to transfer securities from one party to another; and

 

   

E*TRADE Securities LLC is a registered broker-dealer and provider of brokerage services to both retail and institutional customers.

A complete list of our subsidiaries can be found in Exhibit 21.1.

We offer, either alone or with our partners, branded retail websites in the United States, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Iceland, Italy, Sweden, the United Arab Emirates and the United Kingdom. We provide a branded educational website in China, but do not offer retail services through that website. We have licensed the E*TRADE name to companies that operate in Australia, Japan and Korea.

We primarily provide services through our website at www.etrade.com. We also provide services through our network of customer service representatives, relationship managers and investment advisors. We provide these services over the phone or in person through our 24 E*TRADE Financial Centers.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

We offer a wide range of products and services to our customers to assist them with their financial needs. Our primary retail products and services consist of:

 

   

Investing and trading—includes automated order placement and execution of market and limit equity, futures, options, exchange-traded funds, mutual funds and bond orders. We also offer quick transfer, wireless account access, extended hours trading, quotes, research and advanced planning tools;

 

   

Banking—includes checking, savings, sweep, money market and certificates of deposit (“CD”) products that offer online bill pay, quick transfer, unlimited ATM transactions on eligible accounts and wireless account access; and

 

   

Lending—includes mortgage, home equity, margin and credit card products that offer online loan status and quick transfer.

Institutional products include market making, execution services and direct market access.

 

1


Table of Contents

Retail

Our retail segment offers a full suite of financial solutions to retail customers including investing, trading, banking and lending products. Consistent with our philosophy of being a customer advocate, we offer retail customers an opportunity to view their entire financial picture through E*TRADE Complete. E*TRADE Complete helps customers optimize investing, cash and credit allocations by utilizing tools designed to help them determine the appropriate mix of particular investing, banking and lending products that we offer. E*TRADE Complete tools include the Intelligent Investing Optimizer and Risk Analyzer, the Intelligent Cash Optimizer and the Intelligent Lending Optimizer. With the Intelligent Cash Optimizer, customers can review possible cash allocations based on rate and liquidity preferences and quickly transfer funds to reallocate deposit balances according to those preferences. The Intelligent Investing Optimizer and Risk Analyzer makes it easy for customers to develop an investment strategy that is engineered to match their specific goals, time horizon and risk tolerance. It suggests allocations for large cap, small cap, international investment, fixed income and cash. The Intelligent Lending Optimizer is a tool that provides customers the ability to model multiple lending scenarios. Customers can use E*TRADE Complete to optimize their utilization of our retail products described below.

Retail investing and trading products and services include:

 

   

automated order placement and execution of market and limit equity, futures, options, exchange-traded funds and bond orders;

 

   

two-second execution guarantee on all S&P 500 stocks and exchange-traded funds;

 

   

fraud protection, covering losses that result from the unauthorized use of our retail products and services;

 

   

margin accounts allowing customers to borrow against their securities;

 

   

access to some of the lowest cost stock index funds in the industry and to over 6,000 non-proprietary mutual funds;

 

   

educational services through the Internet, phone or in person and flexible advisory services, including full-service portfolio management; and

 

   

no fee and no minimum individual retirement accounts.

Retail banking and lending products and services include:

 

   

interest-earning checking, money market, savings and CD products with FDIC-insurance;

 

   

FDIC-insured sweep deposit accounts that automatically transfers funds from customer brokerage accounts; and

 

   

access to deposit account balances and transactions, through the Internet, phone or in person.

All of our retail products are covered by the E*TRADE Complete Protection Guarantee.

Retail customers are offered investing, trading, banking and lending products and services via our website, over the phone and in person. Customers have the ability to transfer funds quickly and easily between their investing, trading, banking and lending accounts, thereby giving them the opportunity to optimize the yield and liquidity of their funds.

In addition to the services above, our retail segment includes employee stock option management software and services which are provided to corporate customers. This software system facilitates the management of employee option plans, employee stock purchase plans and restricted stock plans, including necessary accounting and reporting functions. This business is a component of the retail segment since it serves as an introduction to E*TRADE for many retail customers who conduct equity option transactions as employees of our corporate customers, with our goal being that these individuals will also use our other products and services.

 

2


Table of Contents

Institutional

Our institutional segment includes market-making activities which match buyers and sellers of securities from both the retail segment and unrelated third parties, often taking principal positions in these securities. Institutional customers are offered access to a range of execution services through traditional sales traders and direct market access to exchanges.

We act as a specialist on the Chicago Stock Exchange for listed securities through E*TRADE Capital Markets, LLC. A specialist is a broker-dealer authorized by an exchange through which trading on the floor of the exchange is transacted. As a specialist, we are responsible for maintaining an orderly market in the securities assigned to us by the exchange and are frequently required to take principal positions in these securities.

We act as a market maker in certain over-the-counter issues. A market maker’s function is similar to that of a specialist except that its trading activities are not on the floor of the exchange. The majority of our share volume for market-making activities involves bulletin board securities, which are securities that are not listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) or a national securities exchange.

As a market maker, we take positions in securities and function as a wholesale trader by combining trading lots to match buyers and sellers of securities. Trading gains and losses result from these activities. Our revenues are influenced by overall trading volumes, the number of stocks for which we act as a market maker or a specialist and the trading volumes and volatility of those specific stocks.

We also transact large block trading activity on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and NASDAQ exchanges. In addition, we provide institutional customers with trade execution services, including direct access to international exchanges. Our web-based platform offers real-time, online access to statements and electronic settlement capabilities.

In addition to activities with external customers, the institutional segment includes the management of our balance sheet. Balance sheet management functions focus on asset allocation and managing interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The retail segment team works in conjunction with the institutional team by originating margin receivables and loans and by gathering retail deposits which are leveraged by the institutional group to enhance overall net interest income.

For additional statistical information regarding products and customers, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) beginning on page 23. Three years of segment financial performance and data can also be found in MD&A beginning on page 39.

CUSTOMER SERVICE

We believe providing superior customer service is fundamental to our business. During 2006, we significantly increased the number of customer service representatives and relationship managers in order to increase the quality of our service. We created a new service tier that focuses on the growth and retention of the mass affluent customer. Customers in this category will receive a more personalized level of service from representatives dedicated to providing complete financial solutions. We also added eight new E*TRADE Financial Centers in the United States, which are available to retail customers for any of their customer service needs.

TECHNOLOGY

We believe our focus on being a technological leader in the financial services industry enhances our competitive position. This focus allows us to deploy a secure, scalable technology and a back office platform that promotes innovative product development and delivery. During 2006, we continued to enhance our leading family of E*TRADE Complete optimizer products by enabling our customers to evaluate their investment and lending choices through the Intelligent Investment and Risk Optimizer as well as the Intelligent Lending Optimizer. We further strengthened our leading edge technology for our retail trading customers with the introduction of new conditional order functionality including trailing stops for options and group orders. Our ongoing commitment to investing in our technology infrastructure continued with our conversion to a new

 

3


Table of Contents

banking and cash management back office system that will support our global initiatives around these key products.

COMPETITION

The electronic financial services market, over the Internet and through other distribution channels, continues to evolve rapidly. As we continue to diversify and expand our services, we expect competition to continue to increase. Our retail segment competes with full commission brokerage firms, discount brokerage firms, online brokerage firms, Internet banks, mortgage banking companies, non-financial service companies originating loans and traditional “brick & mortar” retail banks and thrifts. Some of these competitors also provide Internet trading and banking services, investment advisor services, touchtone telephone and voice response banking services, electronic bill payment services and a host of other financial products. Our institutional segment, in addition to the competitors above, competes with market-making firms, investment banking firms and other users of market liquidity in its quest for the least expensive source of funding.

In offering our products and services, we face competition in the following areas:

 

   

For investing and trading products, we compete with Internet-based firms and large traditional financial institutions. The market for trading products continues to be highly competitive with both Internet-based firms and large traditional financial institutions focused on growing their customer base.

 

   

For banking products, we compete with Internet-based banks that traditionally have attractive rates, as well as traditional financial institutions that rely primarily on branch networks to deliver products and services. Deposit pricing continues to come under competitive pressure as banks seek to grow their deposit base by offering appealing rates to attract customers to their businesses.

 

   

For lending products, we compete with traditional banking institutions as well as consumer finance companies and other non-bank lenders. Loan pricing and credit standards continue to come under competitive pressure as lenders seek to grow their businesses in the face of declining home sales and tightening credit spreads.

We believe we can continue to attract customers to our products and services in these areas through our compelling combination of product, service and price. In addition, we believe our low cost infrastructure allows us to deliver products priced competitively.

In our effort to attract quality employees, we encounter competition in some business lines and corporate functions. Our ability to continue to compete effectively in our business will depend upon our ability to attract new employees and retain existing employees.

Many of our competitors have longer operating histories and greater resources than we do and offer a wider range of financial products and services. Many also have greater name recognition, greater market acceptance and larger customer bases. These competitors may conduct extensive promotional activities and offer better terms, lower prices and/or different products and services than we do. Moreover, some of our competitors have established relationships among themselves or with third parties to enhance their products and services. Our competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities and demands and withstand changing market conditions better than we can.

Management monitors actions by competitors by reviewing new product and service offerings, including the competitive pricing of investing, trading, banking and lending products. Overall, we believe our ability to compete successfully in the financial services industry is because of the value proposition created through our unique combination of price, functionality and service.

PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT

We assess the performance of our business based on our primary customer segments, retail and institutional. Retail customers are offered an integrated product set including investing, trading, banking and lending products. Our retail segment also includes providing corporate clients with employee stock plan administration and options management tools. Institutional customers are offered access to a range of execution services through traditional

 

4


Table of Contents

sales traders and direct market access to exchanges. Our institutional segment also includes our balance sheet management and market making functions.

We consider multiple factors, including the competitiveness of our pricing compared to similar products and services in the market, the overall profitability of our businesses and client relationships when pricing our various products and services. We manage the overall profitability of our business using various financial metrics, including revenue growth, enterprise net interest spread, enterprise interest-earning assets, operating margin and compensation and benefits as a percentage of revenue. The overall profitability of our business is also based on the management of our expenses related to our various products and services. The same or similar products and services may be offered to both segments, utilizing the same infrastructure or in some circumstances, a single infrastructure may be used to support multiple products and services offered to our customers. As such, we do not separately disclose the costs associated with products and services sold or our general and administrative costs. All operating expenses incurred are integral to the operation of the business and are considered when evaluating the profitability of our business.

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

We are focused on our objective of creating an integrated global financial services company. To achieve that goal, we continue to invest in and grow our international operations. We offer services in international markets directly through our website at www.etrade.com as well as through additional branded retail brokerage websites in Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Iceland, Italy, Sweden, the United Arab Emirates and the United Kingdom. During 2006, we re-engineered our technology platform to operate internationally and to be scalable across the international landscape. We believe this platform will allow us to expand to additional international locations with little to no increase in infrastructure costs. In addition, we are focused on emerging markets such as India, where we own a significant percentage of IL&FS Investsmart (“Investsmart”), China, where we currently have a business office and offer an education-only website and the United Arab Emirates, where we have recently established a branch of our United Kingdom operations.

We also have minority equity investments in companies that license the E*TRADE brand and operate websites in Australia, Japan and Korea. Our reported performance metrics do not include operating and financial information from these licensees. Our total net U.S. revenues, which we determine based on the geographic location of the legal entity in which the revenue was earned, were $2.2 billion, $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Our total net non-U.S. revenues were $0.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006, and $0.2 billion for both the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. No individual country other than the United States accounted for more than 10% of revenues in any of these years.

REGULATION

Our business is subject to regulation by U.S. Federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by various non-U.S. governmental agencies or regulatory bodies, securities exchanges and central banks, each of which has been charged with the protection of the financial markets and the protection of the interests of those participating in those markets. These regulatory agencies in the United States include, among others, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the NASD, Inc. (“NASD”), the NYSE, the NASDAQ, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board and the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). Additional legislation, regulations and rulemaking may directly affect our manner of operation and profitability. Our broker-dealers are registered with the SEC and are subject to regulation by the SEC and by self-regulatory organizations, such as the NYSE, the NASDAQ, NASD and the securities exchanges of which each is a member. Our banking entities are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the OTS, the Federal Reserve and also, in the case of the Bank, the FDIC. Such regulation covers all aspects of the banking business, including lending practices, safeguarding deposits, capital structure, transactions with affiliates and conduct and qualifications of personnel.

We make our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, available free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed with the SEC. Our website address is www.etrade.com.

 

5


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

Risks Relating to the Nature and Operation of Our Business

Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources

The financial services industry is highly competitive, with multiple industry participants competing for the same customers. Many of our competitors have longer operating histories and greater resources than we do and offer a wider range of financial products and services. The impact of competitors with greater name recognition, market acceptance and larger customer bases could adversely affect our revenue growth and customer retention. Our competitors may also be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities and demands and withstand changing market conditions better than we can. Competitors may conduct extensive promotional activities, offering better terms, lower prices and/or different products and services or combinations of products and services that could attract current E*TRADE customers and potentially result in price wars within the industry. Some of our competitors may also benefit from established relationships among themselves or with third parties enhancing their products and services.

Downturns or disruptions in the securities markets could reduce trade volumes and margin borrowing and increase our dependence on our more active customers who receive lower pricing

Online investing services to the retail customer, including trading and margin lending, account for a significant portion of our revenues. Although we continue to diversify our revenue sources, we expect online investing services to continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues in the foreseeable future. A downturn in or disruption to the securities markets may lead to changes in volume and price levels of securities and futures transactions which may, in turn, result in lower trading volumes and margin lending. In particular, a decrease in trading activity within our lower activity accounts would significantly impact revenues and increase dependence on more active trading customers who receive more favorable pricing based on their trade volume. A decrease in trading activity or securities prices would also typically be expected to result in a decrease in margin borrowing, which would reduce the revenue that we generate from interest charged on margin borrowing. More broadly, any reduction in overall transaction volumes would likely result in lower revenues and may harm our operating results because many of our overhead costs are fixed.

We depend on payments from our subsidiaries

We depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from our subsidiaries to fund payments on our obligations, including our debt obligations. Regulatory and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds to or from our subsidiaries. Many of our subsidiaries are subject to laws and regulations that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds to us, or that prohibit such transfers altogether in certain circumstances. These laws and regulations may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations.

We rely heavily on technology, and technology can be subject to interruption and instability

We rely on technology, particularly the Internet, to conduct much of our activity. Our technology operations are vulnerable to disruptions from human error, natural disasters, power loss, computer viruses, spam attacks, unauthorized access and other similar events. Disruptions to or instability of our technology or external technology that allows our customers to use our products and services could harm our business and our reputation. In addition, technology systems, whether they be our own proprietary systems or the systems of third parties on whom we rely to conduct portions of our operations, are potentially vulnerable to security breaches and unauthorized usage. An actual or perceived breach of the security of our technology could harm our business and our reputation.

 

6


Table of Contents

Vulnerability of our customers’ computers could lead to significant losses related to identity theft or other fraud and harm our reputation and financial performance

Because our business model relies heavily on our customers’ use of their own personal computers and the Internet, our business and reputation could be harmed by security breaches of our customers and third parties. Computer viruses and other attacks on our customers’ personal computer systems could create losses for our customers even without any breach in the security of our systems, and could thereby harm our business and our reputation. As part of our E*TRADE Complete Protection Guarantee, we reimburse our customers for losses caused by a breach of security of the customers’ own personal systems. Such reimbursements could have a material impact on our financial performance.

Downturns in the securities markets increase the credit risk associated with margin lending or stock loan transactions

We permit customers to purchase securities on margin. A downturn in securities markets may impact the value of collateral held in connection with margin receivables and may reduce its value below the amount borrowed, potentially creating collections issues with our margin receivables. In addition, we frequently borrow securities from and lend securities to other broker-dealers. Under regulatory guidelines, when we borrow or lend securities, we must generally simultaneously disburse or receive cash deposits. A sharp change in security market values may result in losses if counterparties to the borrowing and lending transactions fail to honor their commitments.

We may be unsuccessful in managing the effects of changes in interest rates and the enterprise interest-earning assets in our portfolio

Net interest income has become an increasingly important source of our revenue. Our ability to manage interest rate risk could impact our financial condition. Our results of operations depend, in part, on our level of net interest income and our effective management of the impact of changing interest rates and varying asset and liability maturities. We use derivatives to help manage interest rate risk. However, the derivatives we utilize may not be completely effective at managing this risk and changes in market interest rates and the yield curve could reduce the value of our financial assets and reduce net interest income. Many factors affect interest rates, including governmental monetary policies and domestic and international economic and political conditions.

The diversification of our asset portfolio may increase the level of charge-offs

To the extent we continue to diversify our asset portfolio through purchases and originations of higher-yielding asset classes, we will have to manage assets that carry a higher risk of default than our mortgage portfolio. Consequently, the level of charge-offs associated with these assets may be higher than what we have previously experienced given our asset mix. In addition, if the overall economy weakens, we could experience higher levels of charge-offs. If expectations of future charge-offs increase, a corresponding increase in the amount of our allowance for loan losses would be required. The increased level of provision for loan losses recorded to meet additional allowance for loan losses requirements could adversely affect our financial results, if those higher yields do not cover the provision for loan losses.

 

7


Table of Contents

If we do not successfully manage consolidation opportunities, we could be at a competitive disadvantage

There has recently been significant consolidation in the financial services industry and this consolidation is likely to continue in the future. Should we be excluded from or fail to take advantage of viable consolidation opportunities, our competitors may be able to capitalize on those opportunities and create greater scale and cost efficiencies to our detriment.

We have recently acquired a number of businesses and may continue to acquire businesses in the future. The primary assets of these businesses are their customer accounts. Our retention of these assets and the customers of businesses we acquire may be impacted by our ability to successfully continue to integrate the acquired operations, products (including pricing) and personnel. Diversion of management attention from other business concerns could have a negative impact. In the event that we are not successful in our continued integration efforts, we may experience significant attrition in the acquired accounts or experience other issues that would prevent us from achieving the level of revenue enhancements and cost savings that we expect with respect to an acquisition.

We expect to pursue additional acquisitions of companies in our industry, which may require us to obtain additional financing and subject us to integration risks. There can be no assurance that we will realize a positive return on any acquisition or that future acquisitions will not be dilutive to earnings.

Risks associated with principal trading transactions could result in trading losses

A majority of our specialist and market-making revenues are derived from trading as a principal. We may incur trading losses relating to the purchase, sale or short sale of securities for our own account, as well as trading losses in our specialist and market maker stocks. From time to time, we may have large positions in securities of a single issuer or issuers engaged in a specific industry. Sudden changes in the value of these positions could impact our financial results.

Reduced grants by companies of employee stock options could adversely affect our results of operations

We are a provider of stock plan administration and options management tools, and our revenue from these tools depends in part on the size and complexity of our customers’ employee stock option and stock purchase plans. In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, which among other things requires public companies to expense employee stock options and other share-based payments at their fair value when issued. SFAS No. 123(R) may result in companies granting fewer employee options and modifying their existing employee stock purchase plans, potentially reducing the amount of products and services we provide these companies and compelling us to incur additional costs so that our tools comply with the new FASB statement. Additionally, we may see a reduction in commission revenues as fewer employee stock options would be available for exercise and sale by the employees of these companies.

Reduced spreads in securities pricing, levels of trading activity and trading through market makers and/or specialists could harm our specialist and market maker business

Computer-generated buy/sell programs and other technological advances and regulatory changes in the marketplace may continue to tighten securities spreads. Tighter spreads could reduce revenue capture per share by our specialists and market makers, thus reducing revenues for this line of business.

Advisory services subject us to additional risks

We provide advisory services to investors to aid them in their decision making and also provide full service portfolio management. Investment decisions and suggestions are based on publicly available documents and communications with investors regarding investment preferences and risk tolerances. Publicly available

 

8


Table of Contents

documents may be inaccurate and misleading resulting in recommendations or transactions that are inconsistent with the investors’ intended results. In addition, advisors may not understand investor needs or risk tolerances, failures that may result in the recommendation or purchase of a portfolio of assets that may not be suitable for the investor. To the extent that we fail to know our customers or improperly advised them, we could be found liable for any resulting losses suffered by such customers, which could harm our reputation and business.

Our international efforts subject us to additional risks and regulation, which could impair our business growth

One component of our strategy has been an effort to build an international business, sometimes through joint venture and/or licensee relationships. We have limited control over the management and direction of these venture partners and/or licensees, and their action or inaction, including their failure to follow proper practices with respect to regulatory compliance and/or corporate governance, could harm our operations and/or our reputation.

Risks Relating to the Regulation of Our Business

We are subject to extensive government regulation, including banking and securities rules and regulations, which could restrict our business practices

The securities and banking industries are subject to extensive regulation. All of our broker-dealer subsidiaries have to comply with many laws and rules, including rules relating to sales practices and the suitability of recommendations to customers, possession and control of customer funds and securities, margin lending and execution and settlement of transactions. We are also subject to additional laws and rules as a result of our specialist and market maker operations.

As part of our institutional business we provide clients access to certain third-party research tools and other services in exchange for commissions earned. Currently, these activities are allowed by various regulatory bodies. However, changes to the regulations governing these activities have been considered in the United Kingdom and the United States and may be considered again in the future. If the regulations are changed in the future in a way that limits or eliminates altogether the services we could provide to clients in exchange for commissions, we may realize a decrease in our institutional commission revenues.

Similarly, E*TRADE Financial Corporation, E*TRADE Re, LLC and ETB Holdings, Inc., as savings and loan holding companies, and E*TRADE Bank, as a Federally chartered savings bank, are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OTS and, in the case of the Bank, also the FDIC. Such regulation covers all banking business, including lending practices, safeguarding deposits, capital structure, recordkeeping, transactions with affiliates and conduct and qualifications of personnel.

If we fail to comply with applicable securities and banking laws, rules and regulations, either domestically or internationally, we could be subject to disciplinary actions, damages, penalties or restrictions that could significantly harm our business

The SEC, the NASDAQ, NASD and other self-regulatory organizations and state securities commissions, among other things, can censure, fine, issue cease-and-desist orders or suspend or expel a broker-dealer or any of its officers or employees. The OTS may take similar action with respect to our banking activities. Similarly, the attorneys general of each state could bring legal action on behalf of the citizens of the various states to ensure compliance with local laws. Regulatory agencies in countries outside of the United States have similar authority. The ability to comply with applicable laws and rules is dependent in part on the establishment and maintenance of a reasonable compliance system. The failure to establish and enforce reasonable compliance procedures, even if unintentional, could subject us to significant losses or disciplinary or other actions.

 

9


Table of Contents

If we do not maintain the capital levels required by regulators, we may be fined or even forced out of business

The SEC, NASDAQ, NASD, OTS and various other regulatory agencies have stringent rules with respect to the maintenance of specific levels of net capital by securities broker-dealers and regulatory capital by banks. Net capital is the net worth of a broker or dealer (assets minus liabilities), less deductions for certain types of assets. Failure to maintain the required net capital could result in suspension or revocation of registration by the SEC and suspension or expulsion by the NASDAQ and/or NASD, and could ultimately lead to the firm’s liquidation. In the past, our broker-dealer subsidiaries have depended largely on capital contributions by us in order to comply with net capital requirements. If such net capital rules are changed or expanded, or if there is an unusually large charge against net capital, operations that require an intensive use of capital could be limited. Such operations may include investing activities, marketing and the financing of customer account balances. Also, our ability to withdraw capital from brokerage subsidiaries could be restricted, which in turn could limit our ability to repay debt and redeem or purchase shares of our outstanding stock.

Similarly, the Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the OTS. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could harm a bank’s operations and financial statements. A bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of a bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. A bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about the strength of components of its capital, risk weightings of assets, off-balance sheet transactions and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require a bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total and Tier 1 Capital to Risk-weighted Assets and of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted total assets. To satisfy the capital requirements for a “well capitalized” financial institution, a bank must maintain higher Total and Tier 1 Capital to Risk-weighted Assets and Tier 1 Capital to adjusted total assets ratios.

As a non-grandfathered savings and loan holding company, we are subject to regulations that could restrict our ability to take advantage of certain business opportunities

We are required to file periodic reports with the OTS and are subject to examination by the OTS. The OTS also has certain types of enforcement powers over us, ETB Holdings, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries, including the ability to issue cease-and-desist orders, force divestiture of the Bank and impose civil and monetary penalties for violations of Federal banking laws and regulations or for unsafe or unsound banking practices. In addition, under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, our activities are restricted to those that are financial in nature and certain real estate-related activities. We may make merchant banking investments in companies whose activities are not financial in nature if those investments are made for the purpose of appreciation and ultimate resale of the investment and we do not manage or operate the company. Such merchant banking investments may be subject to maximum holding periods and special recordkeeping and risk management requirements. The Company has also proposed to move its indirect subsidiary, E*TRADE Clearing, LLC to become an operating subsidiary of E*TRADE Bank. Such a move could result in increased regulatory oversight and restrictions on the activities of E*TRADE Clearing, LLC.

We believe all of our existing activities and investments are permissible under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, but the OTS has not yet fully interpreted these provisions. Even if our existing activities and investments are permissible, we are unable to pursue future activities that are not financial in nature. We are also limited in our ability to invest in other savings and loan holding companies.

In addition, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation of its activities and investments, capitalization, community reinvestment, risk management policies and procedures and relationships with affiliated companies. Acquisitions of and mergers with other financial institutions, purchases of deposits and loan portfolios, the

 

10


Table of Contents

establishment of new Bank subsidiaries and the commencement of new activities by Bank subsidiaries require the prior approval of the OTS, and in some cases the FDIC, which may deny approval or limit the scope of our planned activity. These regulations and conditions could place us at a competitive disadvantage in an environment in which consolidation within the financial services industry is prevalent. Also, these regulations and conditions could affect our ability to realize synergies from future acquisitions, could negatively affect us following the acquisition and could also delay or prevent the development, introduction and marketing of new products and services.

Risks Relating to Owning Our Stock

We have incurred losses in the past and we cannot assure you that we will be profitable

We have incurred losses in the past and we may do so in the future. While we reported net income for the past four years, we reported a net loss of $186.4 million in 2002.

We are substantially restricted by the terms of our senior notes

In June 2004, we issued an aggregate principal amount of $400 million of senior notes due June 2011. In September and November 2005, we issued an additional aggregate principal amount of $100 million of senior notes due June 2011, $600 million of senior notes due September 2013 and $300 million of senior notes due December 2015. The indentures governing these senior notes contain various covenants and restrictions that limit our ability and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

pay dividends or make other distributions;

 

   

repurchase or redeem capital stock;

 

   

make investments or other restricted payments;

 

   

enter into transactions with our stockholders or affiliates;

 

   

sell assets or shares of capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

   

restrict dividend or other payments to us from our subsidiaries; and

 

   

merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of our assets.

As a result of the covenants and restrictions contained in the indentures, we are limited in how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness could include more restrictive covenants.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to remain in compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the appropriate parties and/or amend the covenants.

Our corporate debt levels may limit our ability to obtain additional financing

At December 31, 2006, we had an outstanding balance of $1,401.6 million in senior notes, $440.6 million in mandatory convertible notes and $37.9 million in term loans. Excluding the mandatory convertible notes, our ratio of debt (our senior debt and term loans) to equity (expressed as a percentage) was 34% at December 31, 2006.

 

11


Table of Contents

We may incur additional indebtedness in the future, including in connection with further acquisitions. Our level of indebtedness, among other things, could:

 

   

make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain any necessary financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes;

 

   

make it more difficult to refinance outstanding debt;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business; or

 

   

make us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.

The market price of our common stock may continue to be volatile

From January 1, 2004 through December 31, 2006, the price per share of our common stock ranged from a low of $9.51 to a high of $27.76. The market price of our common stock has been, and is likely to continue to be, highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. In the past, volatility in the market price of a company’s securities has often led to securities class action litigation. Such litigation could result in substantial costs to us and divert our attention and resources, which could harm our business. Declines in the market price of our common stock or failure of the market price to increase could also harm our ability to retain key employees, reduce our access to capital and otherwise harm our business.

We may need additional funds in the future, which may not be available and which may result in dilution of the value of our common stock

In the future, we may need to raise additional funds via debt and/or equity instruments, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our plans for the growth of our business. In addition, if funds are available, the issuance of equity securities could dilute the value of our shares of our common stock and cause the market price of our common stock to fall.

We have various mechanisms in place that may discourage takeover attempts

Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a third party from acquiring control of us in a merger, acquisition or similar transaction that a shareholder may consider favorable. Such provisions include:

 

   

authorization for the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock;

 

   

provision for a classified Board of Directors (“Board”) with staggered, three-year terms;

 

   

the prohibition of cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

a super-majority voting requirement to effect business combinations or certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

 

   

limits on the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders;

 

   

the prohibition of shareholder action by written consent; and

 

   

advance notice requirements for nominations to the Board or for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at shareholder meetings.

Attempts to acquire control of the Company may also be delayed or prevented by our stockholder rights plan, which is designed to enhance the ability of our Board to protect shareholders against unsolicited attempts to acquire control of the Company that do not offer an adequate price to all shareholders or are otherwise not in the best interests of the Company and our shareholders. In addition, certain provisions of our stock incentive plans, management retention and employment agreements (including severance payments and stock option acceleration), and Delaware law may also discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring or merging with us.

 

12


Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

A summary of our significant locations at December 31, 2006 is shown in the following table. All facilities are leased, except for 166,000 square feet of our office in Alpharetta, Georgia. Square footage amounts are net of space that has been sublet or part of a facility restructuring.

 

Location

   Approximate Square Footage

Arlington, Virginia

   209,000

Alpharetta, Georgia

   184,000

Jersey City, New Jersey

   107,000

Menlo Park, California

   101,000

Charlotte, North Carolina

   83,000

Sandy, Utah

   80,000

New York, New York

   60,000

Irvine, California

   48,000

Toronto, Canada

   37,000

Boston, Massachusetts

   30,000

Tampa, Florida

   30,000

All of our facilities are used by both our retail and institutional segments. In addition to the significant facilities above, we also lease all of our 24 E*TRADE Financial Centers, ranging in space from 3,000 to 13,000 square feet. All other leased facilities with space of less than 25,000 square feet are not listed by location. We believe our facilities space is adequate to meet our needs in 2007.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In June 2002, the Company acquired from MarketXT Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as “Tradescape Corporation”) the following entities: Tradescape Securities, LLC; Tradescape Technologies, LLC; and Momentum Securities, LLC. Disputes subsequently arose between the parties regarding the responsibility for liabilities that first became known to the Company after the sale. On April 8, 2004, MarketXT filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company, certain of its officers and directors, and other third parties, including Softbank Investment Corporation (“SBI”) and Softbank Corporation, alleging that defendants were preventing plaintiffs from obtaining certain contingent payments allegedly due, and as a result, claiming damages of $1.5 billion. On April 9, 2004, the Company filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against certain directors and officers of MarketXT seeking declaratory relief and unspecified monetary damages for defendants’ fraud in connection with the 2002 sale, including, but not limited to, having presented the Company with fraudulent financial statements regarding the condition of Momentum Securities, LLC during the due diligence process. Subsequently, MarketXT was placed into bankruptcy, and the Company filed an adversary proceeding against MarketXT and others in January 2005, seeking declaratory relief, compensatory and punitive damages, in those Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York entitled, “In re MarketXT Holdings Corp., Debtor.” In that same court, the Company filed a separate adversary proceeding against Omar Amanat in those Chapter 7 bankruptcy proceedings entitled, “In re Amanat, Omar Shariff.” In October 2005, MarketXT answered the Company’s adversary proceeding and asserted its counterclaims, subsequently amending its claims in 2006 to add a $326 million claim for “promissory estoppel” in which Market XT alleged, for the first time, that the Company breached a prior promise to purchase the acquired entities in 1999-2000. In April 2006, Omar Amanat answered the Company’s separate adversary proceeding against him and asserted his counterclaims. In separate motions before the Bankruptcy Court, the

 

13


Table of Contents

Company has moved to dismiss certain counterclaims brought by MarketXT including those described above, as well as certain counterclaims brought by Mr. Amanat. In a ruling dated September 29, 2006, the Bankruptcy Court in the MarketXT case granted the Company’s motion to dismiss four of the six bases upon which MarketXT asserts its fraud claims against the Company; its conversion claim; and its demand for punitive damages. In the same ruling, the Bankruptcy Court denied in its entirety MarketXT’s competing motion to dismiss the Company’s claims against it. On October 26, 2006, the Bankruptcy Court subsequently dismissed MarketXT’s “promissory estoppel” claim. The Company continues to believe that the respective claims brought against it by MarketXT and Omar Amanat are without merit, and the Company will continue both to vigorously defend itself against all such claims and to fully pursue its own claims and damages as described above.

The SEC, in conjunction with various regional securities exchanges, is conducting an inquiry into the trading activities of certain specialist firms, including the Company’s subsidiary E*TRADE Capital Markets, LLC (“ETCM”), on various regional exchanges in order to determine whether such firms executed proprietary orders in a given security prior to a customer order in the same security (a practice commonly known as “trading ahead”) during the period 1999 – 2005. The SEC has indicated that it will seek disgorgement, prejudgment interest, and penalties from any firm found to have engaged in trading ahead activity to the detriment of its customers during that time period. It is possible that such sanctions, if imposed against ETCM, could have a material impact on the financial results of the Company during the period in which such sanctions are imposed. The Company and ETCM are cooperating with the investigation.

An unfavorable outcome in any matter that is not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, even if the ultimate outcomes are resolved in our favor, the defense of such litigation could entail considerable cost or the diversion of the efforts of management, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition to the matters described above, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We maintain insurance coverage that we believe is reasonable and prudent. The principal insurance coverage we maintain covers commercial general liability; property damage; hardware/software damage; cyber liability; directors and officers; employment practices liability; certain criminal acts against the Company; and errors and omissions. We believe that such insurance coverage is adequate for the purpose of our business. Our ability to maintain this level of insurance coverage in the future, however, is subject to the availability of affordable insurance in the marketplace.

ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.

 

14


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Price Range of Common Stock

The following table shows the high and low sale prices of our common stock as reported by the NYSE, except where noted, for the periods indicated:

 

     High    Low

2006:

     

First Quarter

   $ 27.12    $ 20.41

Second Quarter

   $ 27.76    $ 18.81

Third Quarter

   $ 25.00    $ 20.11

Fourth Quarter(1)

   $ 25.50    $ 20.85

2005:

     

First Quarter

   $ 14.98    $ 11.70

Second Quarter

   $ 14.39    $ 10.53

Third Quarter

   $ 17.60    $ 13.85

Fourth Quarter

   $ 21.71    $ 15.50

(1)

On December 27, 2006 we moved from the NYSE to the NASDAQ under the symbol ETFC.

The closing sale price of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ on February 23, 2007 was $24.05 per share. At that date, there were 1,997 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. Although we do not currently have any plans to do so, we may pay dividends in the future.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

Refer to Note 22—Employee Shared-Based Payments and Other Benefits in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for equity compensation plan information.

Repurchase Plans

In 2004, our Board approved two repurchase plans, the first on April 29th (“April 2004 Plan”) and the second on December 15th (“December 2004 Plan”), each for $200.0 million. Our Board determined that the use of cash to reduce outstanding debt and outstanding common stock was likely to create long-term value for our shareholders. We completed the April 2004 Plan in April 2005 and there are no amounts remaining available under that plan. As of December 31, 2006, $57.2 million remained available under the December 2004 Plan for additional repurchases.

The December 2004 Plan is open-ended and provides the flexibility to buy back common stock, retire debt in the open market or a combination of both. We may conduct these repurchases on the open market, in private transactions or a combination of both. During 2006, we repurchased a total of $122.6 million or nearly 5.3 million shares of common stock under the December 2004 Plan. During 2005, we repurchased a total of $58.2 million or nearly 4.6 million shares of common stock under the repurchase plans approved in 2004. The table below shows the timing and impact of the repurchases during the three months ended December 31, 2006 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

Month

  

Total Number of

Shares Purchased

  

Average Price Paid

per Share

  

Total Number of Shares

Purchased as Part of the

December 2004 Plan

  

Maximum Dollar Value of

Shares That May Yet be

Purchased Under the

December 2004 Plan

October 2006

   98,200    $ 22.67    98,200    $ 94,764

November 2006

   649,900    $ 23.67    649,900    $ 79,381

December 2006

   975,000    $ 22.79    975,000    $ 57,164
               

Total

   1,723,100    $ 23.11    1,723,100    $ 57,164
               

 

15


Table of Contents

Sale of Unregistered Shares

In August 2006, we issued 847,276 shares of common stock in connection with our acquisition of Retirement Advisors of America, Inc (“RAA”). No underwriters were involved, and there were no underwriting discounts or commissions. The securities were issued under the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. These shares of common stock were sold by the issuer in a transaction not involving a public offering. We filed a registration statement on August 7, 2006, which was declared effective immediately.

Performance Graph

The following performance graph shows the cumulative total return to a holder of the Company’s common stock, assuming dividend reinvestment, compared with the cumulative total return, assuming dividend reinvestment, of the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 and the S&P Super Cap Diversified Financials during the period from December 31, 2001 through December 31, 2006.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among E*TRADE Financial Corporation, The S & P 500 Index

And The S & P Super Cap Diversified Financials

LOGO

 

     12/01    12/02    12/03    12/04    12/05    12/06

E*TRADE Financial Corporation

   100.00    47.41    123.41    145.85    203.51    218.73

S & P 500

   100.00    77.90    100.24    111.15    116.61    135.03

S & P Super Cap Diversified Financials

   100.00    81.40    113.27    126.97    138.91    170.85

   

$100 invested on 12/31/01 in stock or index-including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending December 31.

 

   

Copyright © 2007, Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. www.researchdatagroup.com/S&P.htm

 

16


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(Dollars in millions, shares in thousands, except per share and per trade amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Variance  
     2006     2005    2004     2003     2002     2006 vs. 2005  

Results of Operations:(1)

             

Total net revenue

   $ 2,420.3     $ 1,703.8    $ 1,482.9     $ 1,342.7     $ 1,261.7     42  %

Facility restructuring and other exit activities(2)

   $ (28.5 )   $ 30.0    $ (15.7 )   $ (134.2 )   $ (15.4 )   *  

Gain (loss) on sale and impairment of investments

   $ 70.8     $ 83.1    $ 128.1     $ 147.9     $ (20.3 )   (15 )%

Income (loss) from continuing operations(3)

   $ 626.8     $ 446.2    $ 381.8     $ 200.5     $ 119.0     40  %

Cumulative effect of accounting changes(4)

   $ —       $ 1.6    $ —       $ —       $ (293.7 )   *  

Net income (loss)

   $ 628.9     $ 430.4    $ 380.5     $ 203.0     $ (186.4 )   46  %

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations

   $ 1.49     $ 1.20    $ 1.04     $ 0.56     $ 0.33     24  %

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

   $ 1.44     $ 1.16    $ 0.99     $ 0.55     $ 0.33     24  %

Basic net earnings (loss) per share

   $ 1.49     $ 1.16    $ 1.04     $ 0.57     $ (0.52 )   28  %

Diluted net earnings (loss) per share

   $ 1.44     $ 1.12    $ 0.99     $ 0.55     $ (0.52 )   29  %

Weighted average shares—basic

     421,127       371,468      366,586       358,320       355,090     13  %

Weighted average shares—diluted(5)

     436,357       384,630      405,389       367,361       361,051     13  %

 * Percentage not meaningful.

(1)

No cash dividends have been declared in any of the periods presented.

(2)

Expenses are presented in parentheses.

(3)

In 2005, we exited the professional proprietary and agency trading businesses and completed the sale of E*TRADE Consumer Finance Corporation (“Consumer Finance Corporation”). In 2004, we completed the sale of substantially all of the assets and liabilities of E*TRADE Access, Inc. (“E*TRADE Access”). We have reflected the results of these operations as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

(4)

In 2005, we recorded a credit of $1.6 million, net of tax, as a cumulative effect of accounting change, to reflect the amount by which compensation expense would have been reduced in periods prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) for restricted stock awards outstanding on July 1, 2005. In 2002, impairment of goodwill that was identified upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets is reported as a cumulative effect of accounting change.

(5)

For 2004, diluted earnings per share is calculated using the “if converted” method, which includes the additional dilutive impact assuming conversion of the Company’s subordinated convertible debt. Under the “if converted” method, the per share numerator excludes the interest expense and related amortization of offering costs from the convertible debt, net of tax, of $20.0 million. The denominator includes the shares issuable from the assumed conversion of the convertible debt of 25.8 million. For all other periods presented, the “if converted” method is not used as its effect would be anti-dilutive.

 

17


Table of Contents
     December 31,    Variance  
     2006    2005    2004    2003    2002    2006 vs. 2005  

Financial Condition:

                 

Available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities

   $ 13,922.0    $ 12,763.4    $ 12,635.8    $ 9,906.2    $ 8,273.8    9  %

Total loans, net

   $ 26,656.2    $ 19,512.3    $ 11,785.0    $ 9,131.4    $ 7,365.7    37  %

Brokerage receivables, net

   $ 7,636.4    $ 7,174.2    $ 3,034.5    $ 2,297.8    $ 1,421.8    6  %

Total assets

   $ 53,739.3    $ 44,567.7    $ 31,032.6    $ 26,049.2    $ 21,455.9    21  %

Deposits

   $ 24,071.0    $ 15,948.0    $ 12,303.0    $ 12,514.5    $ 8,400.3    51  %

Corporate debt(1)

   $ 1,842.2    $ 2,022.7    $ 585.6    $ 695.3    $ 695.3    (9 )%

Capital lease liability

   $ —      $ —      $ 0.2    $ 0.9    $ 4.4    *  

Mandatorily redeemable capital preferred securities(2)

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 143.4    *  

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 4,196.4    $ 3,399.6    $ 2,228.2    $ 1,918.3    $ 1,505.8    23  %

 * Percentage not meaningful.

(1)

Corporate debt represents senior notes, mandatory convertible notes and convertible subordinated notes.

(2)

Mandatorily redeemable capital preferred securities were deconsolidated beginning in 2003 in accordance with SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. These securities are no longer classified as preferred securities; however, they are in the balance sheet under other borrowings.

(Dollars in billions):

     At or For the Year Ended December 31,     Variance  
     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002     2006 vs. 2005  

Key Measures:

            

Retail client assets(1)

   $ 194.9     $ 177.9     $ 100.0     $ 82.9     $ 49.6     10  %

Customer cash and deposits(1)

   $ 33.6     $ 28.2     $ 18.7     $ 19.0     $ 17.3     19  %

Daily Average Revenue Trades

     159,348       97,740       83,643       77,052       66,588     63  %

Average commission per trade

   $ 12.05     $ 13.82     $ 15.63     $ 16.41     $ 17.01     (13 )%

Products per customer

     2.1       2.1       1.9       1.7       N/A     0  %

Enterprise net interest spread (basis points)(2)

     285       249       229       N/A       N/A     14  %

Enterprise interest-earning assets, average(2)

   $ 45.4     $ 32.4     $ 26.2       N/A       N/A     40  %

Operating margin (%)

     41 %     38 %     33 %     14 %     21 %   3  %

Compensation and benefits as a % of revenue

     19 %     22 %     24 %     27 %     25 %   (3 )%

Total employees (period end)

     4,126       3,439       3,320       3,455       3,478     20  %

(1)

Customer cash and deposits, as well as retail client assets, have been re-presented to account for a methodology change in the metric to settlement date from trade date reporting as of December 31, 2005 which reduced both metrics by $564 million. This is not a methodology change in accounting policy and does not impact the reporting of these items on our balance sheet.

(2)

The Enterprise net interest spread and Enterprise interest-earning assets, average for 2003 and 2002 are not presented as the information was not tracked on an enterprise level for those years.

The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

18


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

In analyzing and discussing our business, we utilize certain metrics, ratios and other terms that are defined in the Glossary of Terms, which is located at the end of Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

OVERVIEW

Strategy

Our strategy centers on strengthening and growing our retail business and leveraging that growth in our institutional business. We strive to further develop our retail business by acquiring, expanding and retaining our relationships with global retail customers. We offer our retail and institutional customers a suite of investing, trading, banking and lending products. We plan to grow those relationships organically by using technology to deliver an attractive combination of product, service and price to the value-driven mass affluent customer. We also intend to grow, where appropriate, through targeted acquisitions which leverage our existing business platform and through further expansion into certain international markets.

As we expand our global customer base, and increase the retail customer cash and credit products we hold on our balance sheet, we believe that our business will benefit. As our institutional business manages our balance sheet on an enterprise-wide basis, we become less dependent on revenue from market-driven customer trading activity, and our income, while still positioned to benefit from a strong equity market, becomes more recurring in nature. As a result, net operating interest income has become our leading category of revenue, and we anticipate this trend will continue.

Key Factors Affecting Financial Performance

Our financial performance is affected by a number of factors outside of our control, including:

 

   

customer demand for financial products and services;

 

   

competitors’ pricing on financial products and services;

 

   

interest rates and the shape of the interest rate yield curve; and

 

   

the performance, volume and volatility of the equity and capital markets.

In addition to the items noted above, our success in the future will depend upon, among other things:

 

   

continuing our success in the acquisition, growth and retention of customers;

 

   

deepening customer acceptance of our investing, trading, banking and lending products, including E*TRADE Complete;

 

   

disciplined expense control and improved operational efficiency;

 

   

maintaining strong overall asset quality; and

 

   

prudent risk and capital management.

 

19


Table of Contents

Management monitors a number of metrics in evaluating the Company’s performance. The most significant of these are shown in the table and discussed in the text below:

 

     At or For the Year Ended December 31,     Variance  
           2006                 2005                 2004           2006 vs. 2005  

Customer Activity Metrics:

        

Retail client assets (dollars in billions)(1)

   $ 194.9     $ 177.9     $ 100.0     10  %

Customer cash and deposits (dollars in billions)(1)

   $ 33.6     $ 28.2     $ 18.7     19  %

Daily average revenue trades

     159,348       97,740       83,643     63  %

Average commission per trade

   $ 12.05     $ 13.82     $ 15.63     (13 )%

Products per customer

     2.1       2.1       1.9     0  %

Company Financial Metrics:

        

Net revenue growth(2)

     42 %     15 %     10 %   27  %

Enterprise net interest spread (basis points)

     285       249       229     14  %

Enterprise interest-earning assets (average in billions)

   $ 45.4     $ 32.4     $ 26.2     40  %

Operating margin (%)

     41 %     38 %     33 %   3  %

Compensation and benefits as a % of revenue

     19 %     22 %     24 %   (3 )%

(1)

Customer cash and deposits, as well as retail client assets, have been re-presented to account for a methodology change in the metric to settlement date from trade date reporting as of December 31, 2005 which reduced both metrics by $564 million. This is not a methodology change in accounting policy and does not impact the reporting of these items on our balance sheet.

(2)

Revenue growth is the difference between the current and prior comparable period total net revenue divided by the prior comparable period total net revenue.

 

   

Customer Activity Metrics

 

   

Retail client assets are an indicator of the value of our relationship with the customer. An increase in retail client assets generally indicates that the use of our products and services by existing and new customers is expanding. Changes in this metric are also driven by changes in the valuations of our customers’ underlying securities.

 

   

Customer cash and deposits are an indicator of a deepening engagement with our customers and a key driver of net operating interest income.

 

   

Daily average revenue trades (“DARTs”) are the predominant driver of commission revenue from our retail customers.

 

   

Average commission per trade is impacted by the mix between our retail domestic and international businesses and the mix between active traders, mass affluent and main street customers. This metric is an indicator of changes in our customer mix, product mix and/or product pricing.

 

   

Products per customer is an indicator of our customer engagement and how well our suite of products and services appeal to our customer base. We believe increases to this measure represent better overall customer engagement with our products and services.

 

   

Company Financial Metrics

 

   

Net revenue growth is an indicator of our overall financial well-being and our ability to execute on our strategy. When coupled with operating margin, the two provide information about the general success of our business.

 

   

Enterprise net interest spread is a broad indicator of our ability to generate net operating interest income.

 

   

Enterprise interest-earning assets are an indicator of our ability to generate net operating interest income, and growth in these assets, in conjunction with net operating interest spread, indicates our ability to grow net operating interest income.

 

20


Table of Contents
   

Operating margin is an indicator of the profitability of our operations.

 

   

Compensation and benefits as a percentage of revenue is an indicator of our productivity. In recent periods, we have grown our revenue faster than our compensation expense. This ratio coupled with operating margin is an indictor of our increasing efficiency.

Significant Events in 2006

Harrisdirect and BrownCo Customer Conversions

We converted Harrisdirect and BrownCo customers to the E*TRADE Financial platform in the first and second quarters of 2006, respectively, which was a key step in the integration of our newly acquired customer base. This allowed us to deliver our functionality and services to these customers while reducing the costs associated with maintaining the legacy platforms.

Enhancements to the Complete Investment Account

We launched a series of functionality enhancements to the E*TRADE Complete Investment Account designed to help retail customers optimize their investing and borrowing relationships while evaluating their portfolio risk, including the Intelligent Lending Optimizer and the Intelligent Investing Optimizer and Risk Analyzer. We believe these new free tools will help customers better manage their security holdings, cash and credit products.

Enhanced Distribution Network

We enhanced our distribution network by opening eight new E*TRADE Financial centers in the United States during the period. With the addition of the centers in Seattle, WA; Farmington, MI; Garden City, NY; Torrance, CA; King of Prussia, PA; Roseville, CA; Fort Lauderdale, FL; and Scarsdale, NY, we increased the number of our nationwide financial centers to a total of 24.

E*TRADE Complete Savings Account

We launched the E*TRADE Complete Savings Account, which allows customers to quickly and easily take advantage of investment opportunities by offering a competitive annual percentage yield, no minimums in balances or account fees and free transfers to any institution.

Acquired RAA

We completed the purchase of RAA, a Dallas, Texas-based investment advisor managing over $1 billion in assets, in the third quarter of 2006. We believe this acquisition strengthens our regional advisor business, which delivers localized wealth management services and advice to retail clients with a minimum of $250,000 in assets. The growth of our wealth management business extends our ability to provide customers with the complete support they are demanding to address their varied financial needs.

Launch of New E*TRADE Website

We launched a new and improved website at www.etrade.com. The new site features intuitive navigation, demonstrations of some of our most popular products and tools, direct access to account opening and customer service on every page and quick access to our powerful quotes and research functionality.

Development of Automated Trading Strategies Functionality

We developed new conditional orders functionality for retail customers including trailing stops for options and group orders such as contingent, one-cancels-all, one-triggers-all and one-trigger-one-cancels-other orders.

 

21


Table of Contents

When combined with the conditional order functionality already available to customers, such as trailing stops and bracketed orders for stocks, we believe this functionality will allow our customers to better manage risk.

Move of Exchanges to the NASDAQ

On December 27, 2006 we moved the listing of the Company’s common stock from the NYSE to the NASDAQ under the symbol ETFC. We made this move to demonstrate our commitment to our customers and shareholders by aligning ourselves with the market that best meets their needs. As an industry innovator, NASDAQ’s value proposition parallels our own, leveraging technology to provide customers with low fees, superior service and fair, efficient and transparent market access and execution.

Increased Ownership of Investsmart

We increased our ownership stake in Investsmart. Investsmart is an India-based financial services organization providing individuals and corporations with customized financial management solutions. As a result, because we now meet the criteria required to exercise significant influence, we account for Investsmart as an equity method investment.

Upgraded Credit Rating

Three credit agencies, Moody’s Investor Service (“Moody’s”), S&P and Dominion Bond Rating Service (“DBRS”), upgraded our senior unsecured debt rating during 2006. During the second quarter of 2006, Moody’s upgraded our senior unsecured debt rating from B1 to Ba2 and the long-term deposit rating of E*TRADE Bank from Ba2 to Baa3. During the third quarter of 2006, S&P upgraded our rating to BB- (stable) from B+ (positive) and DBRS upgraded our rating by two increments to BB (high) from BB (low). DBRS also upgraded the long-term deposit rating of E*TRADE Bank to BBB (low) from BB. We believe that our improved profitability and the diversity of our business model were key factors in receiving these upgrades and that these upgrades are an important acknowledgement of the progress we have made as a company.

Significant Events in 2005

Acquisition of Harrisdirect and BrownCo

We completed our acquisitions of two online discount brokerage companies, Harrisdirect and BrownCo, in the fourth quarter of 2005. At the time of the acquisitions, the companies had approximately $69.0 billion in customer assets including $8.5 billion in customer cash, margin debt of approximately $0.9 billion and brokerage receivables of approximately $3.1 billion. Harrisdirect was purchased for approximately $709 million in cash from Harris Financial Corp, a subsidiary of BMO Financial Group. As part of the financing to acquire Harrisdirect, we issued $450 million in fixed-rate senior notes. BrownCo was purchased for approximately $1.6 billion in cash from JPMorgan Chase & Co. As part of the financing to acquire BrownCo, we issued $550 million fixed-rate senior notes, $650 million in common stock and $450 million in face value of mandatory convertible notes. The common stock was sold in the market and proceeds were used for the BrownCo acquisition.

Acquisition of Wealth Management Advisors

We acquired two wealth management advisors, Kobren Insight Management, Inc. (“Kobren”) and Howard Capital Management, Inc. (“Howard Capital”) during 2005. These companies provide advisory and asset management services to retail clients. On a combined basis, these companies managed $1.5 billion in customer assets. The growth of our wealth management business extends our ability to provide customers with the complete support they are demanding to address their varied financial needs.

 

22


Table of Contents

Dispositions

We sold our Consumer Finance Corporation business, exited our institutional proprietary trading business and made a decision to sell our professional agency business, ultimately executing a sale agreement in February 2006. The Consumer Finance Corporation business originated and serviced recreational vehicles and marine loans. We retained the loan portfolio; however, we no longer originate or service recreational vehicle or marine loans.

Introduction of E*TRADE Complete

We launched E*TRADE Complete, which offers consumers tools to aid in the optimization of investing, cash management and lending products. E*TRADE Complete tools initially included the Cash Optimizer, the Intelligent Investing Optimizer and the Intelligent Lending Optimizer. Customers can quickly transfer funds to modify deposit balances to determine the optimal distribution of cash between accounts based on their personal preferences. Each customer’s product selection and mix will depend on their price, liquidity, convenience and risk tolerance preference. The Intelligent Investing Optimizer makes it easy to develop an investment strategy for a customer’s uninvested cash targeted to specific goals, time horizon and risk tolerance. It also suggests allocations for large cap, small cap, international investment, fixed income and cash. The Intelligent Lending Optimizer is a tool that allows customers to model multiple lending scenarios to determine whether they can lower their borrowing costs. Customers can use E*TRADE Complete in conjunction with our other retail products.

Introduction of Token-Based Security

We began offering a token-based security solution to our U.S.-based retail customers on a voluntary basis. Using a token-based security solution provides an added layer of security at their point of access to the Internet to safeguard their personal financial information. The tokens produce a six digit code that changes every sixty seconds and is an extremely effective tool for preventing unauthorized access to a customer’s account. We believe comprehensive security protection is important to financial consumers and our token-based security solution gives us a competitive edge in this area.

Introduction of the E*TRADE Complete Protection Guarantee

We developed the E*TRADE Complete Protection Guarantee, which was launched in January 2006. Our promise to customers is that we will cover certain losses that result from the unauthorized use of our products and services, subject to certain limitations. Under our Complete Payment Protection Guaranty, we ensure that customer payments and transfers are processed exactly as the customer desired. In the unlikely event that any customer payment or transfer is not sent as instructed, we will work with the customer to swiftly resolve the issue and reimburse the customer in full for any late fees, penalties or related finance charges incurred. In addition, under the Complete Privacy Protection Guaranty, we assure our customers that we will undertake our best efforts to maintain their privacy and will not sell personal information to third parties or marketers for any purpose.

Enhanced Pricing Structure

We changed our pricing structure to reward customers for holding assets with us and to align our structure with the competitive marketplace. The table below shows our pricing as of December 31 for each period:

 

Customer Segment

  

Base Pricing in 2005 and 2006

  

Base Pricing in 2004

Active Trader    $6.99 to $9.99 per trade    $9.99 per trade
Mass Affluent    $9.99 per trade    $12.99 per trade
Main Street Investor    $12.99 per trade    $19.99 per trade

We changed our customer segment definitions and lowered our fees charged in February 2005 and October 2005. In addition to the fee schedule above, we have grandfathered certain trade pricing for customers acquired through our Harrisdirect and BrownCo acquisitions.

 

23


Table of Contents

Change in Reporting Structure

In January 2005, we revised our financial reporting to better reflect the manner in which our chief operating decision maker assesses our performance and makes resource allocation decisions. As a result, in 2005, we began reporting our operating results in two segments, retail and institutional, rather than our former brokerage and banking segments. For our retail segment, the realignment integrated the management and operations of investing, trading, cash management and lending product and service offerings, including margin receivable activities, and stock plan administration products and services for the retail customer. For our institutional segment, the realignment integrated the management and operations of balance sheet management, market-making and global execution and settlement services businesses, with a focus on creating greater integration within our institutional segment and stronger leverage of our retail segment.

Summary Financial Results

Income Statement Highlights for the Year Ended December 31, 2006 (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Variance  
          2006               2005          2006 vs. 2005  

Total net revenue

   $ 2,420.3     $ 1,703.8     42 %

Net income

   $ 628.9     $ 430.4     46 %

Diluted net earnings per share

   $ 1.44     $ 1.12     29 %

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses

   $ 1,355.1     $ 817.1     66 %

Operating margin

   $ 1,000.8     $ 649.8     54 %

Operating margin (%)

     41 %     38 %   3 %

During the year ended December 31, 2006, we continued to strengthen our operating and financial performance. Total net revenue increased 42% and net income increased 46% when compared to 2005. We believe this increase was driven both by our acquisitions of Harrisdirect and BrownCo in the fourth quarter of 2005, as well as by our ability to grow customer cash and deposits, loans (including margin receivables) and DARTs. The growth in customer cash and deposits and total enterprise interest-earning assets, including margin receivables, were the primary drivers of our increase in net operating interest income, and the growth in DARTs was the primary driver of our increase in commission revenue. We were able to achieve this growth while increasing our operating margin to 41% from 38% when compared to the prior year. We believe this growth in operating margin reflects increasing efficiencies in our operations.

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses increased 66% to $1,355.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to 2005 and now represents 56% of total net revenue. Net operating interest income benefited from increases in customer cash and deposits coupled with growth in enterprise interest-earning assets. Customer cash and deposits, our lowest cost sources of funds, increased $5.4 billion compared to 2005. The increase in customer cash and deposits resulted from organic growth, which we believe is a result, in part, of the Intelligent Cash Optimizer within E*TRADE Complete, which continues to drive growth in customer cash and deposit balances.

 

24


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Highlights (dollars in billions)

 

     December 31,     Variance  
     2006     2005     2006 vs. 2005  

Total assets

   $ 53.7     $ 44.6     21 %

Total enterprise interest-earning assets

   $ 49.9     $ 41.1     22 %

Average loans, net and margin receivables as a percentage of enterprise interest-earning assets(1)

     64 %     56 %   8 %

Average retail deposits and free credits as a percentage of enterprise interest-bearing liabilities(1)

     62 %     53 %   9 %

(1)

The table data on average enterprise interest-earning assets, loans, net and margin receivables, retail deposits and free credits has been prepared on the same basis as our disclosures with respect to the Bank under the SEC’s Industry Guide 3, “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies.”

The increase in total assets was attributable primarily to increases of $7.1 billion in loans, net and $1.2 billion in available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities. The increase in loans, net was due principally to growth in our real estate loan portfolio. We continue to focus our efforts on growing our residential mortgage loan portfolios, including one- to four-family and home equity loans, and allowing our consumer loan portfolio to decline. Average enterprise interest-earning assets increased by $13.0 billion in 2006 compared to 2005, which was related primarily to the increase in average loans, net and margin receivables.

Retail deposits and free credits were $30.0 billion, up 41% or $8.7 billion during 2006. The increase related to the Harrisdirect conversion, as well as organic growth in checking, money market and certificate of deposit accounts. Retail deposits and free credits are two of our lowest cost sources of funding and are important contributors to our net operating interest income growth. In addition to acquired customer growth, we experienced organic growth which we believe is a result, in part, of the E*TRADE Complete Intelligent Cash Optimizer, as well as an overall focus on price, functionality and service for our global retail customers.

EARNINGS OVERVIEW

2006 Compared to 2005

Net income from continuing operations increased 40% to $626.8 million for 2006 compared to 2005. We experienced strong growth in customer cash and deposits as well as in DARTs. We also experienced growth in customer margin balances. In addition, we were able to achieve this growth while increasing our operating margin to 41% in 2006 from 38% when compared to the prior year. We believe this growth in operating margin is reflective of increasing efficiencies in our operations.

During 2006, we modified the format of our consolidated income statement to a format that we believe provides a clearer picture of our financial performance and is more consistent with the common presentation found in the financial services industry. We re-ordered the revenue section by placing net operating interest income, which we previously referred to as net interest income, first, and non-interest income second. In addition, we updated our expense presentation to eliminate the remaining bank/brokerage lines. In conjunction with this change, we created a new expense category, “Clearing and servicing.” This new category includes trade clearing-related expense, previously included in “Commissions, clearance and floor brokerage,” and most expenses previously included in “Servicing and other banking expenses.” We also consolidated “Fair value adjustments of financial derivatives” into the “Other” expense category. Information related to fair value adjustments of financial derivatives is detailed in Note 9—Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities to the consolidated financial statements.

In particular, we report corporate interest income and corporate interest expense separately from operating interest income and operating interest expense. We believe reporting these two items separately provides a

 

25


Table of Contents

clearer picture of the financial performance of our operations than would a presentation that combined these two items. Our operating interest income and operating interest expense is generated from the operations of the Company and is a broad indicator of our success in our banking, lending and balance sheet management businesses. Our corporate debt, which is the primary source of our corporate interest expense, has been used primarily to finance acquisitions, such as Harrisdirect and BrownCo, and generally has not been downstreamed to any of our operating subsidiaries.

Similarly, we report gain on sales and impairment of investments separately from gain on sales of loans and securities, net. We believe reporting these two items separately provides a clearer picture of the financial performance of our operations than would a presentation that combined these two items. Gain on sales of loans and securities, net are the result of activities in our operations, namely our lending and balance sheet management businesses. Gain on sales and impairment of investments relates primarily to historical equity investments of the Company at the corporate level and is not related to the ongoing business of our operating subsidiaries.

The following sections describe in detail the changes in key operating factors and other changes and events that have affected our consolidated net revenue, expense excluding interest, other income (expense), income tax expense, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change.

Revenue

The components of net revenue and the resulting variances are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

           Variance  
     Year Ended December 31,     2006 vs. 2005  
     2006     2005     Amount     %  

Revenue:

        

Operating interest income

   $ 2,774,679     $ 1,650,264     $ 1,124,415     68  %

Operating interest expense

     (1,374,647 )     (779,164 )     (595,483 )   76  %
                          

Net operating interest income

     1,400,032       871,100       528,932     61  %

Provision for loan losses

     (44,970 )     (54,016 )     9,046     (17 )%
                          

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses

     1,355,062       817,084       537,978     66  %
                          

Commission

     625,265       458,834       166,431     36  %

Service charges and fees

     137,441       135,314       2,127     2  %

Principal transactions

     110,235       99,336       10,899     11  %

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net

     55,986       98,858       (42,872 )   (43 )%

Other revenue

     136,332       94,419       41,913     44  %
                          

Total non-interest income

     1,065,259       886,761       178,498     20  %
                          

Total net revenue

   $ 2,420,321     $ 1,703,845     $ 716,476     42  %
                          

 

26


Table of Contents

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses continues to be our largest source of revenue and now represents 56% of total net revenue for 2006. This reflects our focus on retaining retail customer cash and deposits and retail credit balances. Net operating interest income is earned primarily through holding credit balances, which includes margin, real estate and consumer loans, and by holding customer cash and deposits, which are a low cost source of funding. The table below presents each revenue component as a percentage of total net revenue.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Variance  
     2006     2005     2006 vs. 2005  

Revenue:

      

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses

   56 %   48 %   8  %

Commission(1)

   26     27     (1 )%

Service charges and fees

   6     8     (2 )%

Principal transactions

   4     6     (2 )%

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net

   2     6     (4 )%

Other revenue

   6     5     1  %
                  

Total net revenue

   100 %   100 %   —    %
                  

(1)

Retail commission revenue represented 20% of total net revenue for both the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. Institutional commission revenue represented 6% and 7% of total net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Net Operating Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses increased 66% to $1,355.1 million for 2006 compared to 2005. The increase in net operating interest income was due primarily to growth in enterprise interest-earning assets coupled with an increase in enterprise net interest spread. The growth in enterprise interest-earning assets was driven by increases in both loans, net and margin receivables. The increase in enterprise net interest spread was driven by changes in our mix of lending and funding sources. Average loans, net and margin receivables as a percentage of average enterprise interest-earning assets increased 8% to 64% for 2006 compared to 2005. Average retail deposits and free credits as a percentage of average enterprise interest-bearing liabilities increased 9% to 62% in 2006 compared to 2005.

 

27


Table of Contents

The following table presents enterprise average balance sheet data and enterprise income and expense data for our operations, as well as the related net interest spread, and has been prepared on the same basis as our disclosures with respect to E*TRADE Bank under the SEC’s Industry Guide 3, “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies” (dollars in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    Average
Balance
    Operating
Interest
Inc./Exp.
    Average
Yield /
Cost
    Average
Balance
  Operating
Interest
Inc./Exp.
  Average
Yield /
Cost
    Average
Balance
  Operating
Interest
Inc./Exp.
  Average
Yield /
Cost
 

Enterprise interest-earning assets:

                 

Loans, net

  $ 22,193,663     $ 1,364,873       6.15 %   $ 15,488,527   $ 828,717   5.35 %   $ 10,065,174   $ 490,550   4.87 %

Margin receivables

    6,679,510       474,500       7.10 %     2,540,174     159,442   6.28 %     2,048,411     116,533   5.69 %

Mortgage-backed and related available-for-sale securities

    11,543,546       590,512       5.12 %     9,421,988     401,782   4.26 %     8,300,536     331,460   3.99 %

Available-for-sale investment securities

    3,068,474       193,583       6.31 %     2,715,985     140,041   5.16 %     3,151,515     127,429   4.04 %

Trading securities

    132,454       11,388       8.60 %     268,092     12,342   4.60 %     712,819     22,692   3.18 %

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

    1,226,548       54,492       4.44 %     1,509,313     46,331   3.07 %     1,550,163     27,095   1.75 %

Stock borrow and other

    531,809       36,780       6.92 %     441,189     20,942   4.75 %     389,313     11,991   3.08 %
                                             

Total enterprise interest-earning assets

  $ 45,376,004       2,726,128       6.01 %   $ 32,385,268     1,609,597   4.97 %   $ 26,217,931     1,127,750   4.30 %
                                             

Enterprise interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Retail deposits(5)

  $ 20,407,534       506,491       2.48 %   $ 12,951,635     216,632   1.67 %   $ 11,720,333     173,508   1.48 %

Brokered certificates of deposit(6)

    535,835       24,726       4.61 %     450,441     15,680   3.48 %     358,665     9,172   2.56 %

Free credits

    6,329,407       71,899       1.14 %     3,375,608     19,034   0.56 %     2,930,601     5,912   0.20 %

Repurchase agreements and other borrowings

    10,980,134       549,085       5.00 %     10,115,764     374,337   3.70 %     8,139,736     259,196   3.18 %

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances

    3,488,184       165,545       4.75 %     3,260,556     126,495   3.88 %     1,168,519     50,055   4.28 %

Stock loan and other

    1,067,726       34,317       3.21 %     464,303     7,838   1.69 %     586,478     3,610   0.62 %
                                             

Total enterprise interest-bearing liabilities

  $ 42,808,820       1,352,063       3.16 %   $ 30,618,307     760,016   2.48 %   $ 24,904,332     501,453   2.01 %
                                             

Enterprise net interest income/spread

    $ 1,374,065       2.85 %     $ 849,581   2.49 %     $ 626,297   2.29 %
                               

Reconciliation from enterprise net interest income to net operating interest income (dollars in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,                              
    2006     2005     2004                              

Enterprise net interest income(2)

  $ 1,374,065     $ 849,581     $ 626,297              

Taxable equivalent interest adjustment

    (19,297 )     (10,523 )     (7,013 )            

Stock conduit, net(3)

    427       1,159       1,074              

Customer cash held by third parties(4)

    44,837       30,883       14,784              
                                   

Net operating interest income

  $ 1,400,032     $ 871,100     $ 635,142              
                                   

(1)

Includes segregated cash balances.

(2)

Enterprise net interest income is taxable equivalent basis net operating interest income excluding corporate interest income and corporate interest expense, stock conduit interest income and expense and interest earned on customer cash held by third parties. Management believes this non-GAAP measure is useful to analysts and investors as it is a measure of the net operating interest income generated by our operations.

(3)

Net operating interest income earned on average stock conduit assets of $0.3 billion, $0.6 billion and $0.8 billion for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

(4)

Includes interest earned on average customer assets of $3.6 billion, $2.7 billion and $3.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, held by parties outside E*TRADE Financial, including third party money market funds and sweep deposit accounts at unaffiliated financial institutions.

(5)

Includes retail certificates of deposit including retail brokered certificates of deposit.

(6)

Includes institutional certificates of deposit.

 

28


Table of Contents

Despite the flat to inverted yield curve during the period, enterprise net interest spread increased by 36 basis points to 2.85% in 2006, compared to 2005. This increase was primarily the result of our ability to grow low-cost deposits and free credits during these periods, which in turn funded our growth in loans, net and margin receivables.

Average enterprise interest-earning assets increased 40% to $45.4 billion for 2006, compared to 2005. Average loans, net and margin receivables grew 60% to $28.9 billion for 2006 compared to 2005. Average loans, net increased as a result of our focus on growing mortgage loan products. The margin receivable portfolio grew, in part, as a result of our acquisitions of Harrisdirect and BrownCo, as well as organic growth.

Average enterprise interest-bearing liabilities increased 40% to $42.8 billion for 2006 compared to 2005. The increase in average enterprise interest-bearing liabilities was primarily in low-cost customer cash and deposits. Average retail deposits and free credits increased 64% to $26.7 billion for 2006 compared 2005. Increases in average retail deposits and free credits were driven by our acquisitions of Harrisdirect and BrownCo in the fourth quarter of 2005, as well as by organic growth.

Our interest rate risk is impacted by external factors such as the level and shape of the interest rate yield curve, the impact of the competitive environment on our pricing and customer behavior. We utilize interest rate derivatives to manage this risk. In recent years, we have managed our interest rate risk to achieve a minimum to moderate risk profile with limited exposure to earnings volatility resulting from interest rate fluctuations.

Operating interest income and operating interest expense reflect income and expense on hedges that qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133, as amended, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The following table shows the income (expense) on hedges that are included in operating interest income and expense (dollars in thousands):

 

                 Variance  
     Year Ended December 31,     2006 vs. 2005  
     2006     2005     Amount     %  

Operating interest income:

        

Operating interest income, gross

   $ 2,763,041     $ 1,662,745     $ 1,100,296     66  %

Hedge income (expense)

     11,638       (12,481 )     24,119     *  
                          

Operating interest income, net

     2,774,679       1,650,264       1,124,415     68  %
                          

Operating interest expense:

        

Operating interest expense, gross

     (1,361,170 )     (695,634 )     (665,536 )   96  %

Hedge expense

     (13,477 )     (83,530 )     70,053     (84 )%
                          

Operating interest expense, net

     (1,374,647 )     (779,164 )     (595,483 )   76  %
                          

Net operating interest income

   $ 1,400,032     $ 871,100     $ 528,932     61  %
                          

* Percentage not meaningful.

Provision for Loan Losses

Provision for loan losses decreased 17% to $45.0 million for 2006 compared to 2005. The decrease in the provision for loan losses was related primarily to a lower provision for our consumer loan portfolio in connection with the decline in the overall size of the consumer loan portfolio. We expect our provision to increase, however, as we grow our mortgage portfolio at a higher growth rate than the decline in the consumer loan portfolio.

 

29


Table of Contents

Commission

Retail and institutional commission revenue increased 36% to $625.3 million for 2006 compared to 2005. The primary factors that affect our commission revenue are DARTs and average commission per trade, which is impacted by both trade types and the mix between our domestic and international businesses. Each business has a different pricing structure, unique to its customer base and local market practices, and as a result, a change in the relative numbers of executed trades in these businesses impacts average commission per trade. Each business also has different trade types (e.g. equities, options, fixed income, ETFs, CFDs and mutual funds) that can have different commission rates. As a result, changes in the mix of trade types within either of these businesses may impact average commission per trade.

DARTs increased 63% to 159,348 for 2006 compared to 2005. Our U.S. DART volume increased 65% from 2005, driven by both our acquisitions of BrownCo and Harrisdirect as well as organic customer growth and engagement. Our international DARTs grew by 53% compared to 2005, driven entirely by organic growth. Our international operations continue to be a strong growth contributor within our retail trading business, and we believe that over time it will become a significant component of our entire business. In addition, option-related DARTs further increased as a percentage of our total U.S. DARTs and now represent 13% of trading volume versus 10% a year ago.

Average commission per trade decreased 13% to $12.05 for 2006 compared to 2005. The decrease was primarily a function of the mix of customers. Main Street Investors, who generally have a higher commission per trade, traded less during the period which resulted in a heavier weighting of Active Traders, who generally have a lower commission per trade.

Service Charges and Fees

Service charges and fees increased 2% to $137.4 million for 2006 compared to the 2005. The increase in service charges and fees for 2006 was due primarily to an increase in the advisory service fee income. This increase was offset by a decrease in account maintenance fees as our retail customers became more engaged and a greater number of customers exceeded the minimum activity levels required to avoid account maintenance fees. We expect our account maintenance fee income to continue to decline over time; however, we expect our advisory service fee income, which is not currently a significant portion of service charges and fees, to increase over time as we focus on growing this product.

Principal Transactions

Principal transactions increased 11% to $110.2 million for 2006 compared to 2005. The increase in principal transactions resulted from higher trading volumes and market volatility which were offset slightly by a decrease in the average revenue earned per trade. Our principal transactions revenue is influenced by overall trading volumes, the number of stocks for which we act as a market maker, the trading volumes of those specific stocks and the performance of our proprietary trading activities.

 

30


Table of Contents

Gain on Sales of Loans and Securities, Net

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net decreased 43% to $56.0 million for 2006 compared to 2005, as shown in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

                 Variance  
     Year Ended December 31,     2006 vs. 2005  
          2006               2005          Amount     %  

Gain on sales of originated loans:

        

Mortgage loans

   $ 11,834     $ 39,161     $ (27,327 )   (70 )%

Consumer loans(1)

     184       15,686       (15,502 )   (99 )%
                          

Gain on sales of originated loans

     12,018       54,847       (42,829 )   (78 )%

Loss on sales of loans held-for-sale, net

     (6,775 )     (1,208 )     (5,567 )   *  
                          

Gain on sales of loans, net

     5,243       53,639       (48,396 )   (90 )%

Gain on sales of securities, net

     50,743       45,219       5,524     12  %
                          

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net

   $ 55,986     $ 98,858     $ (42,872 )   (43 )%
                          

 *

Percentage not meaningful.

(1)

Consumer loans originated by our retail segment are sold to our institutional segment at an arm’s length transfer price. The gains (losses) associated with our retail segment were reclassified to discontinued operations and the amounts related to our institutional segment remained in continuing operations.

The decline in the total gain on sales of loans and securities, net during 2006 was due primarily to our lower sales of mortgage and consumer loans compared to 2005. We retained a greater number of originated mortgage loans on the balance sheet in an effort to retain the customer relationship and drive growth in net operating interest income. The decline in gain on sales of consumer loans was also due in part to the sale of our consumer finance business in 2005. The increase in gain on sales of securities, net resulted from higher security sales volumes in 2006 compared to 2005.

Other Revenue

Other revenue increased 44% to $136.3 million for 2006 compared to 2005. The increases were the result of higher payment for order flow from improved option and equity trading volumes, offset by decreases in proprietary fund revenue relating to the closure of certain of our proprietary funds. In addition, other revenue includes foreign exchange margin revenue, stock plan administration products revenue and other revenue ancillary to our retail customer transactions.

 

31


Table of Contents

Expense Excluding Interest

The components of expense excluding interest and the year-over-year variances are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

                Variance  
     Year Ended December 31,     2006 vs. 2005  
     2006    2005     Amount     %  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 469,202    $ 380,803     $ 88,399     23  %

Clearing and servicing

     253,040      189,736       63,304     33  %

Advertising and marketing development

     119,782      105,935       13,847     13  %

Communications

     110,346      82,485       27,861     34  %

Professional services

     96,947      77,416       19,531     25  %

Depreciation and amortization

     73,845      74,981       (1,136 )   (2 )%

Occupancy and equipment

     85,568      69,089       16,479     24  %

Amortization of other intangibles

     46,220      43,765       2,455     6  %

Facility restructuring and other exit activities

     28,537      (30,017 )     58,554     *  

Other

     136,042      59,860       76,182     127  %
                         

Total expense excluding interest

   $ 1,419,529    $ 1,054,053     $ 365,476     35  %
                         

* Percentage not meaningful.

Expense excluding interest increased 35% to $1,419.5 million for 2006 compared to 2005. The increase in expense excluding interest was driven primarily by an increase in the number of employees in our service organization, higher trading volumes and loan balances, facility restructuring activities and an increase in fraud related losses.

Compensation and Benefits

Compensation and benefits increased 23% to $469.2 million for 2006 compared to 2005. This resulted primarily from a higher number of employees in our service organization, a full year impact of expensing stock options(1) and increased variable and incentive compensation expense. These increases in compensation are in line with the growth and performance of our business and our focus on enhancing customer service with additional representatives. We believe compensation and benefits as a percentage of revenue is a measure of our efficiency and the most relevant metric to assess this increase. This ratio declined to 19% for 2006 from 22% for 2005.

Clearing and Servicing

Clearing and servicing expense increased 33% to $253.0 million for 2006 compared to 2005. This increase was a result of higher trading volumes and higher loan balances during the period.

Communications

Communications expense increased 34% to $110.3 million for 2006 compared to 2005. The increase was due primarily to expenses associated with our newly acquired customers from Harrisdirect and BrownCo. In addition, we experienced higher variable expenses, such as quote services and trade confirmations, related to our increase in trading volume.

Professional Services

Professional services increased 25% to $96.9 million for 2006 compared to 2005. The increase was due primarily to third party support services, including technology and transitional service agreements, associated with our acquisitions of Harrisdirect and BrownCo.

 


(1)

In July 2005 we adopted SFAS No. 123 (R), Share-Based Payment, which requires the expensing of stock options. Stock option expense was $22.1 million for 2006 and $13.7 for 2005.

 

32


Table of Contents

Facility Restructuring and Other Exit Activities

Facility and restructuring costs were $28.5 million for 2006. During the year, we relocated certain functions out of the state of California. This expense represents certain facility costs as a result of ceasing operations at these locations in addition to severance charges for those employees to whom we communicated our plans and who were terminated as part of this relocation during the year.

Other

Other expenses increased 127% to $136.0 million for 2006 compared to 2005. These increases were due primarily to a 212% increase in fraud related losses to $31.2 million for 2006 and the favorable settlement of the Nomura Securities, Inc. (“Nomura”) litigation, which reduced other expense by $35.0 million in 2005. The fraud related losses were primarily identity theft situations which arose from computer viruses that attacked the personal computers of our customers. We did not suffer from a breach of the security of our systems. We reimbursed customers for their losses through our E*TRADE Complete Protection Guarantee. These fraud schemes have impacted our industry as a whole. While we believe our systems remain safe and secure, we have implemented technological and operational changes to deter unauthorized activity in our customer accounts.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) decreased to an expense of $72.0 million for 2006 compared to income of $26.3 million for 2005, as shown in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

                 Variance  
     Year Ended December 31,     2006 vs. 2005  
          2006               2005          Amount     %  

Other income (expense):

        

Corporate interest income

   $ 8,433     $ 11,043     $ (2,610 )   (24 )%

Corporate interest expense

     (152,496 )     (73,956 )     (78,540 )   106  %

Gain on sales and impairment of investments

     70,796       83,144       (12,348 )   (15 )%

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     (1,179 )     —         (1,179 )   *  

Equity in income of investments and venture funds

     2,451       6,103       (3,652 )   (60 )%
                          

Total other income (expense)

   $ (71,995 )   $ 26,334     $ (98,329 )   *  
                          

* Percentage not meaningful.

Other expense for 2006 primarily consisted of corporate interest expense resulting from the funding of the Harrisdirect and BrownCo acquisitions beginning in late 2005. Offsetting corporate interest expense was $70.8 million in gain on sales and impairment of investments. During 2006, we sold shares of our investments in SBI and International Securities Exchange Holdings, Inc. (“ISE”) resulting in gains of $71.7 million.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense from continuing operations increased 31% to $302.0 million for 2006 compared to 2005. The increase in income tax expense was principally related to the increase in pre-tax income over the comparable periods. Our effective tax rate for 2006 was 32.5% compared to 34.0% for 2005. The decrease in the 2006 tax rate compared to the 2005 tax rate is primarily due to benefits recognized on state tax refunds filed in one of our jurisdictions as a result of recent favorable court decisions, a reversal of valuation allowance recorded in prior years related to international operations and a continued decrease in our overall effective state tax rate due to our changing geographic footprint. For additional information, see Note 19—Income Taxes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

33


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

Our net gain (loss) from discontinued operations was $2.0 million for 2006. During 2006 and 2005, our discontinued operations included operating results from our professional agency business E*TRADE Professional Trading, LLC and we recognized a gain of approximately $2.6 million, net of tax, in 2006. In 2005, discontinued operations also included operating losses from our consumer loan origination business and our proprietary trading business E*TRADE Professional Securities, LLC, both of which were sold or discontinued during 2005.

2005 Compared to 2004

Net income from continuing operations increased 17% to $446.2 million for 2005 compared to 2004. We experienced strong growth in customer cash and deposits as well as in DARTs. We also experienced growth in customer margin balances. In addition, we were able to achieve this growth while increasing our operating margin to 38% in 2005 from 33% in 2004. Growth in revenues also was attributed to improved interest rate spread and net interest income from a larger balance sheet. The following sections describe in more detail the changes in key operating factors, and other changes and events that have affected our consolidated net revenue, expense excluding interest, other income (expense), income tax expense, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change.

Revenue

Net Operating Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses increased 37% to $871.1 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The increase in net operating interest income was due primarily to growth in enterprise interest-earning assets coupled with an increase in enterprise net interest spread. The growth in enterprise interest-earning assets was driven by increases in both loans, net and margin receivables. The increase in enterprise net interest spread was driven by changes in our mix of lending and funding sources. Average loans, net and margin receivables as a percentage of average enterprise interest-earning assets increased 10% to 56% for 2005 compared to 2004. Average retail deposits and free credits as a percentage of average enterprise interest-bearing liabilities decreased 6% to 53% 2005 compared to 2004.

Provision for Loan Losses

Provision for loan losses increased 42% to $54.0 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The increase in the provision for loan losses was related primarily to growth in the residential mortgage loan portfolio. In addition, higher consumer loan related losses resulted from higher losses on recreational vehicle loans and higher credit card bankruptcy activity as a significant number of customers filed for personal bankruptcy before the enactment of the new bankruptcy laws in October 2005.

Commission

Commission revenue increased 6% to $458.8 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The primary factors that affect our commission revenue are DARTs and average commission per trade, which is impacted by both trade types and the mix between our domestic and international businesses. Each business has a different pricing structure, unique to its customer base and local market practices, and as a result, a change in the executed trades between these businesses impacts average commission per trade. Each business also has different trade types (e.g. equities, options, fixed income and mutual funds) that can have different commission rates. As a result, changes in the mix of trade types within either of these businesses may impact average commission per trade.

Retail commission revenue increased $10.8 million for 2005 compared 2004 due to higher volumes (DARTs), offset by lower average commission per trade. Average commission per trade decreased 12% to

 

34


Table of Contents

$13.82 for 2005 compared to 2004. The decrease was primarily a function of increased market pressures, strategic pricing and the mix of customers. During 2005, growth in the Active Trader and Mass Affluent customer trading volumes outweighed Main Street Investors trading volumes, who generally have a higher commission per trade, contributing to our lower average commission per trade.

Due to the factors described above, our 17% growth in DARTs for 2005 equated to a 3% increase in retail commission revenue during 2005 compared to 2004; however, our business model derives revenue not only from trades but also from other aspects of the relationship we have with our customers, especially those who maintain deposits, free credit and lending balances with us. Our average customer uses at least 2 products or services from our suite of retail products, which is the main driver in our diversification of revenue. For 2005, retail commission revenue represents 20% of total net revenue.

Institutional commission revenue increased $16.4 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The increase reflects growth in wholesale trading. In early 2005, an institutional wholesale trading group was created to trade large blocks of stock for institutional customers. We provide institutional customers with global execution and settlement services, as well as worldwide access to research provided by third parties, in exchange for commissions based on negotiated rates, which differ by customer.

Service Charges and Fees

Service charges and fees increased 39% to $135.3 million for 2005 compared to the 2004. The increase in service charges and fees for 2005 was due primarily to an increase in the account service fees and advisory service fees. The increase in account service fees was due to an increase in account service fees charged beginning in the first quarter of 2005, from $25 to $40 per quarter for customers who did not meet certain criteria for balance and/or activity levels. Advisory fees increased as a result of our acquisitions of investment advisory firms.

Principal Transactions

Principal transactions decreased 22% to $99.3 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The decrease in principal transactions resulted from lower market-making volumes and market volatility. Our principal transactions revenue is influenced by overall trading volumes, the number of stocks for which we act as a market maker, the trading volumes of those specific stocks and the trading performance of our proprietary trading activities.

Gain on Sales of Loans and Securities, Net

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net decreased 30% to $98.9 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The decrease was due primarily to lower gain on sales of originated mortgage loans. This was the result of an overall decline in mortgage industry volumes as interest rates continued to rise in 2005.

Impairment losses of $38.3 million in 2005 related primarily to interest-only securities and to a lesser extent certain investment securities. Impairment on certain interest-only securities was the result of short-term movements in interest rates. Impairments on investment securities were the result of credit losses in certain investment securities secured by manufactured housing loans. These impairments were not indicative of a specific issue with our investments, but rather an overall deterioration in the manufactured housing loan market.

Other Revenue

Other revenue increased 6% to $94.4 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The increases were the result of increased options transaction fees and 12b-1 fees, offset by decreases in proprietary fund revenue relating to the closure of certain of our proprietary funds. In addition, other revenue includes foreign exchange margin revenue, stock plan administration products revenue and other revenue ancillary to our retail customer transactions.

 

35


Table of Contents

Expense Excluding Interest

Expense excluding interest increased 7% to $1,054.1 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The increase in expense excluding interest was driven primarily by higher compensation and benefits expense due to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), increased marketing for the launch of E*TRADE Complete and a larger balance sheet.

Compensation and Benefits

Compensation and benefits increased 9% to $380.8 million for 2005 compared to 2004. This increase resulted primarily from $13.7 million in stock option expense. In July 2005 we adopted SFAS No. 123 (R) which requires the expensing of stock options. We believe compensation and benefits as a percentage of revenue is a measure of our efficiency and the most relevant metric to assess this increase. This ratio declined from 24% for 2004 to 22% for 2005.

Clearing and Servicing

Clearing and servicing expense increased 17% to $189.7 million for 2005 compared to 2004. This increase was primarily a result of an increase in servicing costs due to growth in our loan portfolio which increased 69% compared to 2004.

Communications

Communications expense increased 18% to $82.5 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The increase was due to expenses associated with communications to our newly acquired customers from Harrisdirect and BrownCo. In addition, variable expenses such as quote services and trade confirmations increased with our increase in trading volume.

Professional Services

Professional services increased 12% to $77.4 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The increase was due primarily to third party support services, including technology and transitional service agreements, associated with our acquisitions of Harrisdirect and BrownCo.

Advertising and Marketing

Advertising and marketing costs increased 70% to $105.9 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The increase was due primarily to marketing the launch of E*TRADE Complete, as well as an increase in acquisition-related and customer retention marketing.

Amortization of Other Intangibles

Amortization of other intangibles increased 125% to $43.8 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The increase in amortization expense was due primarily to the impairment of our OTC specialist book.

Facility Restructuring and Other Exit Activities

Facility and restructuring costs were a credit of $30.0 million for 2005. The credit resulted from a $35.5 million, pre-tax gain recognized on the sale of the Consumer Finance Corporation servicing business, which was recorded as a facility restructuring cost as it did not qualify as a discontinued operation.

Other

Other expenses decreased 34% to $59.9 million for 2005 compared to 2004. This decrease was due primarily to the favorable settlement of the Nomura litigation which reduced other expenses by $35.0 million.

 

36


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) decreased $42.4 million to income of $26.3 million for 2005 compared to 2004. This decrease was due primarily to lower gain on the sale and impairment of investments of $45.0 million and higher corporate interest expense of $26.4 million resulting from an increase in acquisition-related senior notes in 2005, partially offset by the $23.0 million loss on early extinguishment of debt in 2004. During 2005, we sold shares of our investments in SBI, Archipelago Holdings, Inc., Ameritrade Holding Corporation and ISE resulting in gains of $82.7 million. During 2004, gain on sales and impairment of investments was related primarily to gain on sales of our investments in SBI in the amount of $130.6 million.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense from continuing operations increased $48.1 million or 26% for 2005 compared to 2004. The increase in income tax expense was related to the increase in pre-tax income over the comparable periods. Our effective tax rates for 2005 and 2004 were 34.0% and 32.2%, respectively. The lower effective tax rate for 2004 was due principally to tax benefits recognized in 2004 in connection with the sale of partnership interests which generated an excess tax basis adjustment and the closure of several open IRS tax issues.

Discontinued Operations

Our net gain (loss) from discontinued operations was a loss of $17.5 million for 2005 and a loss of $1.3 million for 2004. During 2005, our discontinued operations included operating results from our proprietary trading business E*TRADE Professional Securities, LLC, our professional agency business E*TRADE Professional Trading, LLC and the origination business of Consumer Finance Corporation. During 2004, our discontinued operations included operating results from E*TRADE Access.

Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change

The cumulative effect of accounting change of $1.6 million after tax ($2.8 million pre-tax) for 2005 resulted from the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment, effective July 1, 2005, which required us to record compensation expense for stock options.

Prior to our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we recorded compensation expense for restricted stock awards on a straight-line basis over their vesting period. If an employee forfeited the award prior to vesting, we reversed out the previously expensed amounts in the period of forfeiture. As required upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we must base the accruals of compensation expense on the estimated number of awards for which the requisite service period is expected to be rendered. Actual forfeitures are no longer recorded in the period of forfeiture. The pre-tax credit of $2.8 million in cumulative effect of accounting change represents the amount by which compensation expense would have been reduced in periods prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) for restricted stock awards outstanding on July 1, 2005 that are anticipated to be forfeited.

 

37


Table of Contents

SEGMENT RESULTS REVIEW

Retail

Retail segment income increased 52% to $695.2 million for 2006 compared to 2005, as shown in the following table (dollars in thousands, except for key metrics):

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Variance  
      2006 vs. 2005  
     2006    2005    2004    Amount     %  

Retail segment income:

             

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses

   $ 883,563    $ 445,124    $ 322,278    $ 438,439     98  %

Commission

     479,876      339,654      328,889      140,222     41  %

Service charges and fees

     115,672      116,102      84,445      (430 )   (0 )%

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net

     36,698      63,705      93,694      (27,007 )   (42 )%

Other revenue

     138,316      112,836      106,457      25,480     23  %
                               

Net segment revenue

     1,654,125      1,077,421      935,763      576,704     54  %

Total segment expense

     958,882      618,664      628,146      340,218     55  %
                               

Total retail segment income

   $ 695,243    $ 458,757    $ 307,617    $ 236,486     52  %
                               

Key Metrics:

             

Retail client assets (dollars in billions)(1)

   $ 194.9    $ 177.9    $ 100.0    $ 17.0     10  %

Customer cash and deposits (dollars in billions)(1)

   $ 33.6    $ 28.2    $ 18.7    $ 5.4     19  %

DARTs

     159,348      97,740      83,643      61,608     63  %

Average commission per trade

   $ 12.05    $ 13.82    $ 15.63    $ (1.77 )   (13 )%

Average margin receivables (dollars in billions)

   $ 6.8    $ 2.8    $ 2.0    $ 4.0     143  %

Products per customer

     2.1      2.1      1.9      —       —    %

(1)

Total customer cash and deposits, as well as total retail client assets, have been re-presented to account for a methodology change in the metric to settlement date from trade date reporting as of December 31, 2005, which reduced both metrics by $564 million. This is not a methodology change in accounting policy and does not impact the reporting of these line items on our balance sheet.

Our retail segment generates revenue from investing, trading, banking and lending relationships with retail customers. These relationships essentially drive five sources of revenue including net operating interest income; commission; service charges and fees; gain on sales of loans and securities, net; and other revenue. This segment also includes results from our stock plan administration products and services, as we are ultimately servicing a retail customer through these corporate relationships. Our geographically dispersed retail accounts grew 3% from 2005 to 2006. As of December 31, 2006, we had approximately 3.6 million active trading and investing accounts and 0.8 million active lending and deposit accounts.

The increase in retail segment income during 2006 compared to a year ago was due to an increase in net operating interest income after provision for loan losses and commission revenue, offset by lower gain on sales of loans and securities, net. Retail net operating interest income after provision for loan losses increased 98% to $883.6 million for 2006 compared to 2005. Average margin receivables increased 143% to $6.8 billion for 2006 compared to 2005. Higher margin balances generally translate into a higher interest rate earned on interest-earning assets. Customer cash and deposits increased 19% at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005. Higher customer cash and deposit balances generally translate into a lower cost of funds as deposits increased in comparison to other borrowings. Net operating interest income growth included the impact of the Harrisdirect and BrownCo acquisitions which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2005.

Retail commission revenue increased $140.2 million for 2006 compared to 2005 due to higher volumes (DARTs), offset by lower average commission per trade. The increase in DART volumes was the result of the Harrisdirect and BrownCo acquisitions as well as strong organic growth in domestic equity, international equity and option trades.

 

38


Table of Contents

A shift in the composition of our retail customers who traded during the year resulted in a 13% decrease in average commission per trade for 2006 compared to 2005. As a result, our 63% growth in DARTs for 2006 equated to a 41% increase in retail commission revenue for 2006; however, we derive revenue not only from trades but also from other aspects of our relationship with our customers, especially customers who maintain deposits and free credits with us. Our average customer uses at least 2 products or services from our suite of retail products, which is the main driver in our diversification of revenue. As such, while retail commission revenue increased 41% during 2006, total retail segment revenue increased 54%.

Offsetting these increases were lower gains on the sales of loans and securities, net of $36.7 million for 2006. In addition, service charges and fees decreased $0.4 million for 2006 compared to 2005.

Retail segment expense increased $340.2 million for 2006 compared to 2005. The increase for 2006 was related primarily to the $29.6 million restructuring charge, an increase in the compensation expense due to an increased number of employees in our service organization and increased fraud-related losses.

2005 Compared to 2004

The 49% increase in retail segment income for 2005 compared to 2004 was due to an increase in net revenue driven primarily by an increase in net operating interest income, offset by lower gain on sales of loans and securities, net. DARTs increased 17% in 2005 compared to 2004. While the increase in DARTs did not produce a corresponding increase in commission revenues, these customers did help drive the increase in cash deposits held in sweep deposit accounts.

Retail net operating interest income after provision for loan losses increased 38% to $445.1 million for 2005 compared to 2004. The increase was driven by an increase in both average enterprise interest-earning assets and the net interest spread earned. Growth in average margin receivables was 40% to $2.8 billion in 2005 compared to 2004, including the impact of our acquisitions. Other key drivers of this increase in retail segment income were growth in the average balances of loans and deposits which increased 54% and 11%, respectively over last year. Service charges and fees increased by 37% in 2005 compared to 2004, due primarily to an increase in account service fees. Offsetting these positive variances were lower gains on the sale of loans and securities, net of $30.0 million due to the lower gains on the sale of mortgage loans and securities impairment.

Institutional

Institutional segment income increased 60% to $305.5 million for 2006 compared to 2005, as shown in the following table (dollars in thousands, except for key metrics):

 

                      Variance  
    Year Ended December 31,     2006 vs. 2005  
    2006     2005     2004     Amount     %  

Institutional segment income:

         

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses

    471,499       372,122       274,743       99,377     27  %

Commission

    145,389       119,180       102,749       26,209     22  %

Service charges and fees

    21,769       19,212       13,130       2,557     13  %

Principal transactions

    110,235       99,175       126,893       11,060     11  %

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net

    19,288       35,153       47,024       (15,865 )   (45 )%

Other revenue

    9,269       10,383       16,684       (1,114 )   (11 )%
                                 

Net segment revenue

    777,449       655,225       581,223       122,224     19  %

Total segment expense

    471,900       464,190       393,041       7,710     2  %
                                 

Total institutional segment income

  $ 305,549     $ 191,035     $ 188,182     $ 114,514     60  %
                                 

Key Metrics:

         

Total nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans, net

    0.28 %     0.18 %     0.17 %     —       0.10  %

Average revenue capture per 1,000 equity shares

  $ 0.373     $ 0.458     $ 0.341     $ (0.085 )   (19)  %

 

39


Table of Contents

Our institutional segment generates earnings from balance sheet management activities, market-making and global execution and settlement services. Balance sheet management activities include purchasing loan receivables from the retail segment as well as third parties, and leveraging these loans and retail customer cash and deposit relationships to generate additional net operating interest income. Retail trading order flow is leveraged by the institutional segment to generate additional revenue for the Company.

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses increased 27% to $471.5 million for 2006 compared to 2005. This increase was primarily a result of growth in interest-earning assets, which are funded primarily by retail customer cash and deposit balances. These customer balances were kept on-balance sheet as a low-cost source of funding and then utilized by the institutional segment either to purchase interest-earning assets or pay down wholesale liabilities.

Institutional commissions increased 22% to $145.4 million for 2006 compared to 2005. This increase was due to a more favorable trading environment and the continued leveraging of our integrated institutional model with higher retail order flow. We provide institutional customers with global execution and settlement services, as well as worldwide access to research provided by third parties, in exchange for commissions based on negotiated rates, which differ by customer.

The increase in net operating interest income after provision for loan losses and commission revenue was offset by a planned decrease in gain on sales of loans and securities, net of approximately $15.9 million for 2006 compared to 2005. We evaluate our portfolio of securities available-for-sale in light of changing market conditions and where appropriate, take steps intended to optimize our overall economic position. During 2006, we determined that we would not sell securities at similar levels as 2005 because we focused on growing our balance sheet.

Total institutional segment expense increased 2% to $471.9 million for 2006 compared to 2005 and was predominantly volume-related. Compensation and benefits expense increased due to increases in variable- and performance-based compensation and expensing of stock options. Clearing and servicing expense increased due to increased overall trading volumes and the increase in our loan portfolio.

2005 Compared to 2004

The 2% increase in institutional segment income in 2005 compared to 2004 was attributable to a $74.0 million increase in net revenue offset by a $71.1 million increase in expenses. The increase in net revenue resulted from higher net operating interest income due to higher average balances of enterprise interest-earning assets. The increase in the net operating interest income was partially driven by a shift from lower yielding securities to higher yielding loans. The increase in expenses was driven by an increase in intangible amortization due to the impairment of our OTC Specialist Book, compensation and benefits expense due to the adoption of SFAS 123(R) and commissions due to an increase in overall trading volumes and higher servicing expenses related to an increase in loans serviced.

 

40


Table of Contents

BALANCE SHEET OVERVIEW

The following table sets forth the significant components of our consolidated balance sheet (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,    Variance  
     2006    2005    2006 vs. 2005  

Assets:

        

Cash and equivalents(1)

   $ 1,493,856    $ 1,454,362    3  %

Trading securities

     178,600      146,657    22  %

Available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities

     13,921,983      12,763,438    9  %

Loans held-for-sale

     283,496      87,371    224  %

Brokerage receivables, net

     7,636,352      7,174,175    6  %

Loans receivable, net

     26,372,697      19,424,895    36  %

Other assets(2)

     3,852,319      3,516,788    10  %
                

Total assets

   $ 53,739,303    $ 44,567,686    21  %
                

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

        

Deposits

   $ 24,071,012    $ 15,948,015    51  %

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     9,792,422      11,101,542    (12 )%

Brokerage payables

     7,824,704      7,342,208    7  %

Other borrowings

     5,323,962      4,206,996    27  %

Corporate debt(3)

     1,842,169      2,022,701    (9 )%

Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities

     688,664      546,664    26  %
                

Total liabilities

     49,542,933      41,168,126    20  %

Shareholders’ equity

     4,196,370      3,399,560    23  %
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 53,739,303    $ 44,567,686    21  %
                

(1)

Includes balance sheet line items cash and equivalents and cash and investments required to be segregated under Federal or other regulations.

(2)

Includes balance sheet line items property and equipment, net, goodwill, other intangibles, net and Other assets.

(3)

Includes balance sheet line items senior notes, mandatory convertible notes and convertible subordinated notes.

During the period, we re-aligned our balance sheet to consolidate several categories and changed the name of “Other borrowings by Bank subsidiary” to “Other borrowings.” Other borrowings include non-Bank subsidiary term notes previously classified in “Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities.” Categories consolidated and related changes include:

 

   

“Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock” was added to “Available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities”;

 

   

“Derivative assets” and “Accrued interest receivable” were added to “Other assets”; and

 

   

“Derivative liabilities” was added to “Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities.”

These categories were consolidated with other similar items in our balance sheet presentation. The notes to our consolidated financial statements continue to include detailed information about the individual items no longer listed on the face of the balance sheet.

The 21% increase in total assets at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005 was primarily the result of growth in loans receivable, net and available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities. The growth in loans receivable, net was the result of our continued focus on growing our residential mortgage loan portfolios, including one- to four-family mortgages and home equity loans. The growth in available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities was due primarily to the growth in our asset-backed securities portfolio.

 

41


Table of Contents

The 20% increase in total liabilities at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005 was attributable primarily to a $8.1 billion increase in deposits. The increase in deposits was due to higher sweep deposit accounts and money market deposits resulting, in part, from our conversion of Harrisdirect customers during the first quarter of 2006, as well as from organic growth from existing and new customers. The increase in deposits was partially offset by declines in securities sold under agreements to repurchase and corporate debt.

The conversion of Harrisdirect customers to the E*TRADE Financial platform resulted in the transfer of customer brokerage receivables, deposits and customer brokerage payables from a third party provider to us. Customer brokerage receivables or margin receivables of $0.8 billion were transferred to our balance sheet. In addition, sweep deposit balances of $2.7 billion and brokerage payables, specifically free credits, of $1.3 billion were also moved to our balance sheet.

Loans Receivable, Net

Loans receivable, net are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,     Variance  
     2006     2005     2006 vs. 2005  

Real estate loans:

      

One- to four-family

   $ 10,870,214     $ 7,091,664     53  %

Home equity lines of credit (“HELOC”), Home equity installment loans (“HEIL”) and other

     11,809,008       8,106,820     46  %

Consumer and other loans:

      

Recreational vehicle

     2,292,356       2,692,055     (15 )%

Marine

     651,764       752,645     (13 )%

Commercial

     219,008       89,098     146  %

Credit card

     128,583       188,600     (32 )%

Automobile

     77,533       235,388     (67 )%

Other

     3,706       8,338     (56 )%

Unamortized premiums, net

     388,153       323,573     20  %

Allowance for loan losses

     (67,628 )     (63,286 )   7  %
                  

Total loans receivable, net

   $ 26,372,697     $ 19,424,895     36  %
                  

Loans receivable, net increased 36% to $26.4 billion at December 31, 2006 from $19.4 billion at December 31, 2005. We continue to focus our growth in real estate loans while allowing our consumer loans to decline. We anticipate that our mortgage and HELOC portfolios will continue to increase over time, and we believe this will improve our credit risk profile. We anticipate that recreational vehicle and marine loan balances will continue to decline over time due to our sale of Consumer Finance Corporation in 2005, and automobile loans will continue to decline due to our exit of the automobile origination business in 2004. Commercial loans increased 146% to $219.0 million at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The estimate of the allowance for loan losses is based on a variety of factors, including the composition and quality of the portfolio; delinquency levels and trends; probable expected losses for the next twelve months; current and historical charge-off and loss experience; current industry charge-off and loss experience; the condition of the real estate market and geographic concentrations within the loan portfolio; the interest rate climate as it affects adjustable-rate loans; and general economic conditions. Determining the adequacy of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods. In general, we believe the

 

42


Table of Contents

allowance for loan losses should be equal to at least twelve months of probable projected losses for all loan types. We believe this level is representative of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.

In determining the allowance for loan losses, we allocate a portion of the allowance to various loan products based on an analysis of individual loans and pools of loans. However, the entire allowance is available to absorb credit losses inherent in the total loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

The following table presents the allowance for loan losses by major loan category (dollars in thousands):

 

    Consumer & Other     Real Estate     Total  
    Allowance  

Allowances as %

of Consumer and Other
Loans Receivable

    Allowance  

Allowances as %

of Real Estate

Loans Receivable

    Allowance  

Allowances as %

of Total

Loans Receivable

 

December 31, 2006

  $ 28,197   0.82 %   $ 39,431   0.17 %   $ 67,628   0.26 %

December 31, 2005

  $ 32,379   0.80 %   $ 30,907   0.20 %   $ 63,286   0.32 %

The following table provides an analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the past five years (dollars in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  

Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period

  $ 63,286     $ 47,681     $ 37,847     $ 27,666     $ 19,874  

Provision for loan losses

    44,970       54,016       38,121       38,523       14,664  

Allowance acquired through acquisitions(1)

    —         —         1,547       2,748       14,428  

Charge-offs:

         

Real estate

    (616 )     (936 )     (186 )     (364 )     (460 )

HELOC, HEIL and other

    (15,372 )     (3,929 )     (1,464 )     (75 )     —    

Recreational vehicle

    (25,253 )     (20,592 )     (18,419 )     (20,341 )     (3,456 )

Marine

    (6,463 )     (8,009 )     (6,003 )     (7,369 )     —    

Commercial

    —         —         —         —         —    

Credit card

    (11,371 )     (17,286 )     (10,313 )     (919 )     —    

Automobile

    (2,430 )     (5,915 )     (13,796 )     (22,695 )     (28,046 )

Other

    (338 )     (180 )     (160 )     (1,971 )     —    
                                       

Total charge-offs

    (61,843 )     (56,847 )     (50,341 )     (53,734 )     (31,962 )
                                       

Recoveries:

         

Real estate

    167       234       —         223       30  

HELOC, HEIL and other

    822       526       310       —         —    

Recreational vehicle

    11,959       7,848       9,088       9,738       —    

Marine

    4,091       3,960       3,225       3,806       —    

Commercial

    —         —         —         —         —    

Credit card

    750       380       141       1       —    

Automobile

    3,285       5,382       7,464       8,335       10,632  

Other

    141       106       279       541       —    
                                       

Total recoveries

    21,215       18,436       20,507       22,644       10,662  
                                       

Net charge-offs

    (40,628 )     (38,411 )     (29,834 )     (31,090 )     (21,300 )
                                       

Allowance for loan losses, end of period

  $ 67,628     $ 63,286     $ 47,681     $ 37,847     $ 27,666  
                                       

Net charge-offs to average loans receivable, net outstanding

    0.18 %     0.26 %     0.30 %     0.41 %     0.28 %
                                       

(1)

Acquisition of credit card portfolios in 2004 and 2003 and the Consumer Finance Corporation portfolio in 2002.

 

43


Table of Contents

The following table allocates the allowance for loan losses by loan category (dollars in thousands):

 

    December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    Amount   %(1)     Amount   %(1)     Amount   %(1)     Amount   %(1)     Amount   %(1)  

Real estate loans:

                   

One- to four- family

  $ 7,760   41.7 %   $ 4,858   37.0 %   $ 2,812   32.3 %   $ 2,360   28.6 %   $ 3,343   29.8 %

HELOC, HEIL and other

    31,671   45.3       26,049   42.3       15,183   31.9       3,302   19.1       851   6.8  
                                                           

Total real estate loans

    39,431   87.0       30,907   79.3       17,995   64.2       5,662   47.7       4,194   36.6  
                                                           

Consumer and other loans:

                   

Recreational vehicle

    11,077   8.8       13,465   14.1       11,343   22.4       11,386   28.3       9,480   24.8  

Marine

    3,648   2.5       4,590   3.9       4,116   6.3       2,503   7.9       3,108   8.4  

Commercial

    1,635   0.9       669   0.5       22   —         4   —         —     —    

Credit card

    10,611   0.5       11,714   1.0       9,078   1.8       5,583   1.4       —     —    

Automobile

    534   0.3       1,080   1.2       4,195   5.1       11,876   14.5       8,190   27.4  

Other

    692   —         861   —         932   0.2       833   0.2       2,694   2.8  
                                                           

Total consumer and other loans

    28,197   13.0       32,379   20.7       29,686   35.8       32,185   52.3       23,472   63.4  
                                                           

Total allowance for loan losses

  $ 67,628   100.0 %   $ 63,286   100.0 %   $ 47,681   100.0 %   $ 37,847   100.0 %   $ 27,666   100.0 %
                                                           

(1)

Represents percentage of loans receivable in category to total loans receivable, excluding premium (discount).

Losses are recognized when it is probable that a loss will be incurred. Our policy is to charge-off closed-end consumer loans when the loan is 120 days delinquent or when we determine that collection is not probable. For first-lien mortgages, a charge-off is recognized when we foreclose on the property. For revolving loans, our policy is to charge-off loans when collection is not probable or the loan has been delinquent for 180 days.

During 2006, the allowance for loan losses increased by $4.3 million from the level at December 31, 2005. The increase was due primarily to growth in the real estate loan portfolio, which increased approximately $7.5 billion over the same period and is not indicative of a decline in our overall credit standards. The allowance increased by $8.5 million related to the growth of the real estate portfolio. Offsetting this increase was a decrease in the allowance for loan losses of $4.2 million related to the decline in the size of the consumer loan portfolio.

Net charge-offs for the year ended 2006 compared to 2005 increased by $2.2 million. The overall increase was due to higher net charge-offs on real estate loans offset by lower net charge-offs on consumer loans. The increase in real estate loan charge-offs was due to the growth of the portfolio and the decrease in consumer loan charge-offs was due primarily to a decline in loan balances as we exited the consumer finance business in 2005. Annualized net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans receivable, net were 0.18% at December 31, 2006 compared to 0.26% at December 31, 2005.

 

44


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Assets

We classify loans as nonperforming when full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain or when they are 90 days past due. The following table shows the comparative data for nonperforming loans and assets (dollars in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  

Real estate loans:

         

One- to four-family

  $ 34,219     $ 18,067     $ 11,029     $ 18,094     $ 22,497  

HELOC, HEIL and other

    32,216       9,568       2,755       269       81  
                                       

Total real estate loans

    66,435       27,635       13,784       18,363       22,578  
                                       

Consumer and other loans:

         

Recreational vehicle

    2,579       2,826       1,416       1,399       1,486  

Marine

    1,439       873       908       1,067       94  

Commercial

    —         —         —         —         —    

Credit card

    3,795       2,858       2,999       2,147       —    

Automobile

    1,047       448       826       1,602       2,277  

Other

    46       14       22       16       53  
                                       

Total consumer and other loans

    8,906       7,019       6,171       6,231       3,910  
                                       

Total nonperforming loans

    75,341       34,654       19,955       24,594       26,488  

Real estate owned (“REO”) and other repossessed assets, net

    12,904       6,555       5,367       6,690       6,723  
                                       

Total nonperforming assets, net

  $ 88,245     $ 41,209     $ 25,322     $ 31,284     $ 33,211  
                                       

Total nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans, net

    0.28 %     0.18 %     0.17 %     0.27 %     0.36 %
                                       

Total allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total nonperforming loans receivable(1)

    90.52 %     186.24 %     281.55 %     187.61 %     N/A (1)
                                       

(1)

This metric was changed to reflect the percentage of allowance for loan losses in relation to the total nonperforming loans receivable. In 2002, nonperforming loans were not tracked as held-for-investment versus held-for-sale; as such, this metric is not available.

We expect nonperforming loan levels to fluctuate over time due to portfolio growth, portfolio seasoning and resolution through collections, sales or charge-offs. The performance of any loan can be affected by external factors, such as economic conditions or factors particular to the borrower.

During 2006, our nonperforming assets, net increased $47.0 million from $41.2 million at December 31, 2005. The increase was attributed to an increase in nonperforming real estate loans and REO and other repossessed assets, net of $45.1 million and an increase in nonperforming consumer and other loans of $1.9 million. These trends are not the result of a deterioration or improvement in credit quality, but are reflective of our targeted growth in real estate loans and the targeted decrease in consumer loans.

The allowance as a percentage of total nonperforming loans receivable, net decreased from 186% in 2005 to 91% in 2006. As our loan portfolio shifts to mortgage loans, where the risk of charge-off is generally less than the risk of charge-off on a consumer loan, the level of the allowance to nonperforming assets may continue to decrease.

In addition to nonperforming assets in the table above, we monitor loans where a borrower’s past credit history casts doubt on the borrower’s ability to repay a loan, whether or not the loan is delinquent (“Special Mention” loans). Special Mention loans represented $261.5 million, or 1%, and $127.2 million, or 1%, of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These loans are actively monitored, continue to accrue interest and remain a component of the loans receivable balance. The increase in Special Mention loans was due primarily to an increase in the 30-day delinquency category of mortgage loans. Significant migration from this category to more serious delinquency classifications is not expected to occur.

 

45


Table of Contents

Available-for-Sale Mortgage-Backed and Investment Securities

Available-for-sale securities are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,    Variance  
     2006    2005    2006 vs. 2005  

Mortgage-backed securities:

        

Backed by U.S. government sponsored and Federal agencies

   $ 9,109,307    $ 9,427,521    (3 )%

Collateralized mortgage obligations and other

     1,108,385      995,891    11  %
                

Total mortgage-backed securities

     10,217,692      10,423,412    (2 )%
                

Investment securities:

        

Asset-backed securities

     2,161,728      1,365,754    58  %

Publicly traded equity securities:

        

Preferred stock

     458,674      288,365    59  %

Corporate investments

     24,139      147,400    (84 )%

FHLB stock

     244,212      198,700    23  %

Other

     815,538      339,807    140  %
                

Total investment securities

     3,704,291      2,340,026    58  %
                

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 13,921,983    $ 12,763,438    9  %
                

Available-for-sale securities represented 26% and 29% of total assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Available-for-sale securities increased 9% to $13.9 billion at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005, due primarily to the growth in our asset-backed securities portfolio. We evaluate our available-for-sale securities in light of changing market conditions and other factors and, where appropriate, take steps intended to improve our overall position. We determined that we would not sell our mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities at similar levels as 2005 because we focused on growing our balance sheet.

As interest rates increase, the fair value of fixed-rate available-for-sale securities decreases and vice versa. The fair value of the portfolio will be adversely impacted in 2007 if long-term interest rates continue to rise. Net unrealized gains and losses in available-for-sale securities are included in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax.

Deposits

Deposits are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,    Variance  
     2006    2005    2006 vs. 2005  

Sweep deposit accounts

   $ 10,837,124    $ 7,733,267    40  %

Money market and savings accounts

     7,634,241      4,635,866    65  %

Certificates of deposit(1)

     4,737,253      2,703,605    75  %

Brokered certificates of deposit(2)

     483,777      484,612    (0 )%

Checking accounts

     378,617      390,665    (3 )%
                

Total deposits

   $ 24,071,012    $ 15,948,015    51  %
                

(1)

Includes retail certificates of deposit including retail brokered certificates of deposit.

(2)

Includes institutional certificates of deposit.

Deposits represented 49% and 39% of total liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Deposits increased $8.1 billion to $24.1 billion at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005, driven by

 

46


Table of Contents

a $3.1 billion increase in sweep deposit accounts, a $3.0 billion increase in money market and savings accounts and a $2.0 billion increase in certificates of deposit.

The increase in sweep deposit accounts was driven primarily by the Harrisdirect and BrownCo conversions. Prior to the conversions, Harrisdirect customer cash balances were swept to a third party and not reflected on our balance sheet, and BrownCo customer cash balances were generally kept in free credits. Our other deposit products have shown significant growth as a result of our focused sales and retention efforts, as well as the overall impact of the E*TRADE Complete Intelligent Cash Optimizer. E*TRADE Complete Intelligent Cash Optimizer enables customers to better determine the optimal use of their funds and has resulted in higher money market and certificates of deposit balances. The sweep deposit accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit generally provide us the benefit of lower interest costs, compared with wholesale funding alternatives.

The deposits balance is a component of the total customer cash and deposits balance reported as a customer activity metric of $33.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006. The total customer cash and deposits balance is summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

                 Variance  
     December 31,    

2006 vs. 2005

 
     2006     2005     Amount    

%

 

Deposits

   $ 24,071,012     $ 15,948,015     $ 8,122,997     51  %

Less: brokered certificates of deposit

     (483,777 )     (484,612 )     835     0 %
                          

Deposits excluding brokered certificates of deposit

     23,587,235       15,463,403       8,123,832     53  %

Free credits

     6,368,749       5,770,751       597,998     10  %

Customer cash balances held by third parties

     3,633,783       6,955,830       (3,322,047 )   (48 )%
                          

Total customer cash and deposits

   $ 33,589,767     $ 28,189,984     $ 5,399,783     19  %
                          

The decrease in customer cash balances held by third parties was due primarily to the Harrisdirect conversion wherein cash from this account (which is off-balance sheet) was converted to deposits and free credits (which is on balance sheet).

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and Other Borrowings

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,    Variance  
     2006    2005    2006 vs. 2005  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 9,792,422    $ 11,101,542    (12 )%
                

FHLB advances

   $ 4,865,466    $ 3,856,106    26  %

Subordinated debentures

     385,502      305,046    26  %

Other

     72,994      45,844    59  %
                

Total other borrowings

   $ 5,323,962    $ 4,206,996    27  %
                

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase decreased by 12% at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase coupled with FHLB advances are the primary wholesale funding sources of the Bank. During 2006, the Bank used these wholesale sources along with deposit growth to fund the increase in loans receivable. Other borrowings represented 11% and 10% of total liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The increase of $1.1 billion during 2006 was due primarily to an increase in FHLB advances. We actively manage our funding sources and determine the optimal mix based on pricing, liquidity and capacity during each period.

 

47


Table of Contents

Corporate Debt

Corporate debt decreased to $1.8 billion at December 31, 2006 compared to $2.0 billion at December 31, 2005. The Company called the remaining $185.2 million principal amount of its 6.00% convertible subordinated notes due February 2007 (“6.00% Notes”) during the year ended December 31, 2006.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our liquidity and capital resources enable us to fund our operating activities, finance acquisitions and grow our assets. Cash flows are derived from capital market activities and our operations in the retail and institutional segments. The segment cash flows provide capital to fund growth in our regulated subsidiaries. The Company’s cash and equivalents balance increased to $1.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Changes in Cash and Equivalents

In 2006, cash and equivalents at E*TRADE Financial Corporation, on a standalone holding company basis, increased $46.0 million to $139.5 million due primarily to a decrease in net cash used in investing activities of $2.2 billion offset by a decrease in cash provided by financing activities of $2.2 billion. The following significant activities and events impacting cash occurred during the year ended December 31, 2006:

 

   

The acquisition of RAA for $15.3 million; and

 

   

Repurchases of shares of common stock outstanding of $122.6 million.

During the year ended 2006, the Company called the remaining $185.2 million principal amount of its 6.00% convertible subordinated notes due February 2007 (“6.00% Notes”). In April 2006, the Company completed the partial redemption that was originally announced in March 2006 and called the remaining $92.6 million principal amount of its 6.00% Notes. The table below shows the timing and impact of these calls (dollars and shares in millions):

 

     Debt Redeemed   

Common Stock

Shares Issued

   Cash Paid

First call in March 2006

        

March redemptions

   $ 36.3    1.5    $ —  

April redemptions

     56.3    2.4      0.9

Second call in April 2006(1)

     92.6    3.9      0.9
                  

Total redemptions

   $ 185.2    7.8    $ 1.8
                  

(1)

All redemptions occurred in April.

Our current senior debt ratings are Ba2 (positive outlook) by Moody’s Investor Service, BB- (stable) by Standard & Poor’s and BB (high) by Dominion Bond Rating Service (“DBRS”). The Company’s long-term deposit ratings are Baa3 by Moody’s Investor Service, BB+ (stable) by Standard & Poor’s and BBB (low) by DBRS. A significant change in these ratings may impact the rate and availability of future borrowings.

Liquidity Available from Subsidiaries

Liquidity available to the Company from its subsidiaries, other than Converging Arrows, Inc. (“Converging Arrows”), is limited by regulatory requirements. Converging Arrows is a subsidiary of the parent company. At December 31, 2006, Converging Arrows had $107.1 million of cash and investment securities available as a source of liquidity for the parent company. Converging Arrows is not restricted in its dealings with the parent company and may transfer funds to the parent company without regulatory approval. In addition to Converging Arrows, brokerage and banking subsidiaries may provide liquidity to the parent; however, they are restricted by regulatory guidelines.

The Bank is prohibited by regulations from lending to the parent company. At December 31, 2006, the Bank had approximately $149.1 million of capital available for dividend declaration without regulatory approval while still maintaining “well capitalized” status. The Bank is also required by OTS regulations to maintain tangible capital of at least 1.50% of tangible assets. The Bank satisfied this requirement at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

48


Table of Contents

The Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to the Uniform Net Capital Rule under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 administered by the SEC, the NYSE and NASD, which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, all of our brokerage subsidiaries met their minimum net capital requirements. The Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries had excess net capital of $628.1 million at December 31, 2006.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

We enter into various off-balance-sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business, primarily to meet the needs of our clients and to reduce our own exposure to interest rate risk. These arrangements include firm commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Additionally, we enter into guarantees and other similar arrangements as part of transactions in the ordinary course of business. For additional information on each of these arrangements, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Other Sources of Liquidity

We maintain committed and uncommitted financing facilities with banks totaling $800.0 million to meet corporate liquidity needs and finance margin lending. There were no outstanding balances and the full $800.0 million was available under these lines at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

We rely on borrowed funds, such as FHLB advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase to provide liquidity for the Bank. At December 31, 2006, the Bank had approximately $7.6 billion in additional borrowing capacity.

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2006 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods (dollars in thousands):

 

     Years ending December 31,            
     2007     2008    2009    2010    2011    Thereafter    Total  

Security commitments to:

                   

Purchase securities

   $ 3,611,937     $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 3,611,937  

Sell securities

     (2,718,931 )     —        —        —        —        —        (2,718,931 )

Loan commitments to:

                   

Purchase loans

     1,118,529       —        —        —        —        —        1,118,529  

Originate loans(1)

     456,630       —        —        —        —        —        456,630  

Sell loans

     (60,282 )     —        —        —        —        —        (60,282 )

Equity funding commitments(2)

     17,393       17,514      43      —        —        —        34,950  

Acquisition-related commitments(3)

     1,250       —        —        —        —        —        1,250  

Certificates of deposit(4)(5)

     4,496,319       388,397      187,764      130,218      128,453      118,313      5,449,464  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings(5)

     11,590,124       1,154,323      252,489      226,331      125,391      3,714,084      17,062,742  

Convertible and Senior notes(6)

     136,062       135,905      135,438      135,438      615,438      1,712,578      2,870,859  

Facilities offered for sublease, less estimated future sublease income(7)

     11,743       5,542      5,059      3,012      71      68      25,495  

Operating lease payments

     38,478       36,315      30,874      28,348      21,184      75,414      230,613  

Purchase Obligations(8)

     74,141       14,574      3,219      2,264      1,833      —        96,031  
                                                   

Total contractual obligations(9)

   $ 18,773,393     $ 1,752,570    $ 614,886    $ 525,611    $ 892,370    $ 5,620,457    $ 28,179,287  
                                                   

(1)

Contains optional commitments to originate.

(2)

Estimated based on investment plans of the venture capital funds, low income housing tax credit partnerships and joint ventures.

(3)

Includes portion of RAA acquisition purchase price held in escrow at December 31, 2006.

(4)

Does not include demand deposit, money market, passbook savings accounts or sweep deposit accounts, as there are no maturities and/or scheduled contractual payments.

(5)

Includes annual interest based on the contractual features of each transaction, using market rates at December 31, 2006. Interest rates are assumed to remain at current levels over the life of all adjustable rate instruments. For mandatorily redeemable preferred securities included in other borrowings, does not assume early redemption under current call provisions.

(6)

Includes annual interest payments; does not assume early redemption under current call provisions.

(7)

Included in the facilities restructuring accrual.

(8)

Includes purchase obligations for goods and services covered by non-cancelable contracts and contracts including cancellation fees. Excluded from the table are purchase obligations expected to be settled in cash within one year of the end of the reporting period.

(9)

The tables does not include $6.2 billion of unused lines of credit available to customers under HELOC and $1.2 billion of unused credit card and commercial lines as of December 31, 2006.

 

49


Table of Contents

Other Liquidity Matters

We currently anticipate that our available cash resources and credit will be sufficient to meet our anticipated working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. We may need to raise additional funds in order to support more rapid expansion, develop new or enhanced products and services, respond to competitive pressures, acquire businesses or technologies or take advantage of unanticipated opportunities.

RISK MANAGEMENT

As a financial services company, we are exposed to risks in every component of our business. Transactions including the opening of an account, processing of a trade, acceptance of a deposit, hiring a new employee and acquiring a company, all involve a certain amount of risk. The identification and management of risks are the keys to effective risk management. Our risk management practices support decision-making, improve the success rate for new initiatives and strengthen the organization. Our goal is to balance risks and rewards through effective risk management. We do not believe that risks can be completely eliminated; however, we do believe risks can be identified and managed within the Company’s risk tolerance.

We manage risk through a governance structure involving the various boards, senior management and several risk committees. We use management level risk committees to help ensure that business decisions are executed within our desired risk profile.

The Corporate Risk Committee, consisting of senior management executives, monitors risks throughout the Company. In addition to this committee, various departments throughout the Company aid in the identification and management of risks. These departments include internal audit, compliance, finance, legal, treasury, credit and risk management.

Interest Rate Risk Management

Interest rate risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in interest rates. Interest rate risks are monitored and managed by the E*TRADE Bank’s Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The ALCO reviews balance sheet trends, market interest rate and sensitivity analyses. The analysis of interest sensitivity to changes in market interest rates under various scenarios is reviewed by ALCO. The scenarios assume both parallel and non-parallel shifts in the yield curve. See Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk for additional information about our interest rate risks.

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk is the risk of loss resulting from an adverse change in a borrower’s ability to repay their loan. Loan and margin advances are underwritten based on the creditworthiness of the borrower and the fair market value of the underlying collateral, taking into consideration any events that may affect the value of that collateral. The level of credit risk in an individual loan will vary depending on the credit characteristics of the borrower, the magnitude of the transaction and the quality of the collateral, in addition to the terms of the transaction. These risks are monitored at the Bank level by the Credit Risk Committee.

The Credit Risk Committee is responsible for the overall credit risk management of the Bank. This committee reports to the ALCO. The credit risk management process encompasses the entire underwriting and review process from comprehensive credit policies to loan review and regulatory exams. The Credit Risk Committee reviews detail risk measurement and modeling results, and monitors the loan audit review process. The Company conducts independent reviews of the underwriting process for originated and purchased loans. The Credit Risk Committee regularly reviews the results of those reviews. In addition, regulatory examiners review and perform detailed tests of our credit underwriting, loan administration and allowance process.

 

50


Table of Contents

The Credit Risk Committee’s duties include monitoring asset quality trends, evaluating market conditions including residential real estate markets, determining the adequacy of the allowance, establishing underwriting standards, approving large credit exposures, approving large portfolio purchases and delegating credit approval authority. The Credit Risk Committee uses detailed tracking and analysis to measure credit performance and routinely reviews and modifies credit policies as appropriate. The section below includes some of the information reviewed by the committee in determining asset quality and the level of adequacy of the allowance.

In addition to the Bank’s Credit Risk Committee, margin receivables are monitored by brokerage management. These receivables are evaluated to determine if the margin receivables have sufficient collateral, that is the value of the securities held as collateral are sufficient to cover the margin receivable balance. In addition, brokerage management monitors situations where trades have occurred and payment was not received due to fraud or returned checks and other electronic transaction rejects. These situations are rare but do occasionally occur.

Operational Risk Management

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from fraud, inadequate controls or the failure of the internal control process, third party vendor issues, processing issues and external events. Operational risks exist in most areas of the Company from advertising to customer service. While we make every effort to protect against failures in the internal controls system, no system is completely fail proof.

The failure of a third party vendor to adequately meet its responsibilities could result in financial losses and reputation risks. The Vendor Risk Management group monitors our vendor relationships. Third party vendor arrangements are overseen by the Vendor Risk Management group. The vendor risk identification process includes evaluating contracts, renewal options and vendor performance. To ensure the financial soundness of providers, we conducted financial reviews of our large providers. In addition, onsite operational audits are conducted annually for significant providers.

Fraud losses result from unauthorized use of customer and corporate funds and resources. We monitor customer transactions and attempt to identify fraudulent transactions promptly. However, new techniques are constantly being developed by perpetrators to commit fraud.

Among other security measures, we offer customers token based security. The tokens display a six digit code that changes every sixty seconds. The number on the display and a password must be used together to access the customers account. This system is an extremely effective tool for preventing unauthorized access to a customer’s account.

Processing issues and external events may result in opportunity loss or actual losses depending on the situation. These types of losses include issues resulting from inadequate staffing, equipment failures, significant weather events or other related types of events. External events resulting in opportunity or actual losses could include the failure of a competitor to meet its customers’ needs, Internet performance issues, legal, reputation, public policy and strategic risks.

SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Note 1—Organization, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements contains a summary of our significant accounting policies, many of which require the use of estimates and assumptions. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following are noteworthy because they are based on estimates and assumptions that require complex, subjective judgments by management, which can materially impact reported results. Changes in these estimates or assumptions could materially impact our financial condition and results of operation.

 

51


Table of Contents

Allowances for Loan Losses and Uncollectible Margin Receivables

Description

The allowance for loan losses is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. At December 31, 2006, our allowance for loan losses was $67.6 million on $26.4 billion of loans designated as held-for-investment. In addition to our banking loans, we extend credit to brokerage customers in the form of margin receivables. At December 31, 2006, margin accounts had approximately $6.9 billion in outstanding margin receivables for which we provided an allowance for uncollectible margin receivables of $19.9 million.

Judgments

The estimate of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including the composition and quality of the portfolio, delinquency levels and trends, expected losses for the next twelve months, current and historical charge-off and loss experience, current industry charge-off and loss experience, the condition of the real estate market and geographic concentrations within the loan portfolio, the interest rate climate as it affects adjustable-rate loans and general economic conditions. Determining the adequacy of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods.

Effects if Actual Results Differ

Although we have considerable experience in performing these reviews, if management’s underlying assumptions prove to be inaccurate or if significant unanticipated changes to the national or regional economies occur, the allowance for loan losses could be insufficient to cover actual losses. If our estimates understate probable losses inherent in the portfolio, this would result in additional expense. A 10% increase or decrease in the allowances would result in a $6.8 million charge or credit to income, respectively.

Classification and Valuation of Certain Investments

Description

We generally classify our investments in debt instruments (including corporate, government and municipal bonds), mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and marketable equity securities as either available-for-sale or trading. We have not classified any investments as held-to-maturity. The classification of an investment determines its accounting treatment. Both unrealized and realized gains and losses on trading securities held by our banking subsidiaries are recognized in gain on sales of loans and securities, net. Securities held by our brokerage subsidiaries are for market-making purposes and gains and losses are recorded as principal transactions revenue. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are included in accumulated other comprehensive income. Declines in fair value that we believe to be other-than-temporary are included in gain on sales of loans and securities, net for our banking investments and gain on sales and impairment of investments for our brokerage (other than those held for market-making purposes) and corporate investments. We have investments in certain publicly-traded and privately-held companies, which we evaluate for other-than-temporary declines in market value. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, we recognized $2.8 million, $40.3 million and $18.4 million, respectively, of losses from other-than-temporary declines in market value related to our investments.

Judgments

When possible, the fair value of securities is determined by obtaining quoted market prices. For illiquid securities, fair value is estimated by obtaining market price quotes on similar liquid securities and adjusting the price to reflect differences. For securities where market quotes and similar securities are not available, we use discounted cash flows. We also make estimates about the fair value of investments and the timing for recognizing

 

52


Table of Contents

losses based on market conditions and other factors. Other-than-temporary impairment is recorded based on management judgment. Management evaluates securities based on market conditions and all available information about the issuer or underlying collateral. This information is used to determine if impairment is other-than-temporary. The determination that impairment is other-than-temporary is judgmental. Based on the facts and circumstances, companies could have different conclusions regarding when securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. Impairment of mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities is recognized when management estimates the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost and if the current present value of estimated cash flows has decreased since the last periodic estimate. If the security meets both criterion, we write the security down to fair value in the current period. We assess securities for impairment at each reported balance sheet date.

Effects if Actual Results Differ

Earnings could be influenced by the timing of management’s decisions to recognize a security as other-than-temporarily impaired. Our estimates are based on the best available information. Over time additional information may become available and may influence future write-downs. If all securities with fair values lower than amortized book were written-down, a $310.0 million charge would occur. Management believes that its estimates of other-than-temporary impairment are supportable and reasonable. See Note 6–Available-For-Sale Mortgage-Backed and Investment Securities to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding securities.

Valuation and Accounting for Financial Derivatives

Description

The Bank’s principal assets are residential mortgages and mortgage-backed securities, which typically pay a fixed interest rate over an extended period of time. However, the principal sources of funds for the Bank are customer deposits and other short-term borrowings with interest rates that are fixed for a shorter period of time, if at all. The Bank purchases interest rate derivatives, including interest rate swaps, caps and floors, to manage this difference between long-term and short-term interest rates and to convert fixed-rate assets or liabilities to variable rates.

Accounting for derivatives differs significantly depending on whether a derivative is designated as a hedge, which is a transaction intended to reduce a risk associated with a specific balance sheet item or future expected cash flow. In order to qualify for hedge accounting treatment, documentation must indicate the intention to designate the derivative as a hedge of a specific asset or liability or a future cash flow. Effectiveness of the hedge must be monitored over the life of the derivative. Substantially all derivatives held on December 31, 2006 were designated as hedges. As of December 31, 2006, we had derivative assets of $208.1 million and derivative liabilities of $78.7 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had derivative assets of $152.5 million and derivative liabilities of $38.1 million.

Judgments

Hedge accounting is complex and involves the interpretation of a significant amount of accounting literature. From time to time, new interpretations are issued, which result in new accounting methods applied to existing and new transactions. The implementation of SFAS No. 133, as amended, involves numerous judgments and Company-level interpretations. We must make assumptions and judgments about the continued effectiveness of our hedging strategies and the nature and timing of forecasted transactions. Judgment is necessary to determine the accounting for our hedging strategies.

Effects if Actual Results Differ

If our hedging strategies were to become significantly ineffective or our assumptions about the nature and timing of forecasted transactions were to be inaccurate, we could no longer apply hedge accounting and our reported results would be significantly affected. Revised accounting interpretations of existing literature could

 

53


Table of Contents

materially impact our financial results. If 10% of the fair value of derivatives classified in liabilities were determined to relate to derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the adjustment would reduce income by $7.9 million before taxes. Similarly, if 10% of the fair value of derivatives included in assets were determined to not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the result would be $20.8 million in additional pre-tax income. The most significant effect of not qualifying for hedge accounting treatment is the earnings volatility that would be created by marking the derivatives to market as interest rates change.

Estimates of Effective Tax Rates, Deferred Taxes and Valuation Allowances

Description

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we calculate our income tax expense based on the tax laws in the various jurisdictions where we conduct business. This requires us to estimate our current tax obligations and required reserves for potential tax deficiencies and to assess temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, the net amount of which we show as other assets or other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. We must also assess the likelihood that each of our deferred tax assets will be realized. To the extent we believe that realization is not more likely than not, we establish a valuation allowance. When we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in a reporting period, we generally record a corresponding tax expense in our consolidated statement of income. Conversely, to the extent circumstances indicate that a valuation allowance is no longer necessary, that portion of the valuation allowance is reversed, which generally reduces our overall income tax expense. At December 31, 2006 we had a net deferred tax liability of $58.5 million, net of a valuation allowance of $38.3 million. At December 31, 2005 we had a net deferred tax asset as of $3.9 million net of a valuation allowance of $39.4 million.

Judgments

Management must make significant judgments to determine our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance to be recorded against our net deferred tax asset. Changes in our estimate of these taxes occur periodically due to changes in the tax rates, changes in our business operations, implementation of tax planning strategies, resolution with taxing authorities of issues with previously taken tax positions and newly enacted statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance. These changes in judgment as well as differences between our estimates and actual amount of taxes ultimately due, when they occur, affect accrued taxes and can be material to our operating results for any particular reporting period.

Effects if Actual Results Differ

These changes, when they occur, affect accrued taxes and can be material to our operating results for any particular reporting period.

Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Description

We review goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually and whenever events or changes indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 142. Our recorded goodwill at December 31, 2006 was $2.1 billion, and we will continue to evaluate it for impairment at least annually. Our recorded intangible assets at December 31, 2006 were $471.9 million, which have useful lives between three and thirty years.

Judgments

In 2006, we performed our annual impairment test of goodwill with the assistance of a third party. This evaluation indicated that no impairment charges were necessary. We also evaluate the remaining useful lives on

 

54


Table of Contents

intangible assets each reporting period to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization in accordance with SFAS No. 142. Our estimates of fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets depend on a number of factors, including estimates of future market growth and trends, forecasted revenue and costs, expected useful lives of the assets, appropriate discount rates and other variables.

Effects if Actual Results Differ

If our estimates of goodwill fair value change due to changes in our businesses or other factors, we may determine that an impairment charge is necessary. Estimates of fair value are determined based on a complex model using cash flows and company comparisons. If management’s estimates of future cash flows are inaccurate, the fair value determined could be inaccurate and impairment not recognized in a timely manner. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. If changes in the estimated underlying revenues occurs, impairment or a change in the remaining life may need to be recognized.

Valuation and Expensing of Share-Based Payments

Description

We value and expense employee share-based payments, which is primarily stock options, in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). We value each granted option using an option pricing model using assumptions that match the characteristics of the granted options. We then assume a forfeiture rate that is used to calculate each period’s compensation expense attributed to these options.

Judgments

We estimate the value of employee stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. Assumptions necessary for the calculation of fair value include expected term and expected volatility. These assumptions are management’s best estimate of the characteristics of the options. Additionally, forfeiture rates are estimated based on prior option vesting experience.

Effects if Actual Results Differ

If our estimates of employees’ forfeiture rates are not correct at the end of the term of the option, we will record either additional expense or a reduction in expense in the period it completely vests. This adjustment may be material to the period in which it is recorded. In addition, option fair value is based on estimates of volatility determined by us. Many methods are available to determine volatility, so the determination is subjective. Applying a different method to determine volatility could impact earnings. A 10% change in volatility would increase or decrease stock option fair value by 6%. A change in fair value would affect all amortization periods.

 

55


Table of Contents

Required Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies

The following table shows where you can find the information required by the SEC’s Industry Guide 3, “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies.” These disclosures are at the Bank Holding Company level and do not include brokerage and corporate amounts.

 

Required Disclosure

   Page

Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity; Interest Rates and Operating Interest Differential

  

Average Balance Sheet and Analysis of Net Interest Income

   57

Net Operating Interest Income—Volumes and Rates Analysis

   58

Investment Portfolio

  

Investment Portfolio—Book Value and Market Value

   61

Investment Portfolio Maturity

   62

Loan Portfolio

  

Loans by Type

   59

Loan Maturities

   60

Loan Sensitivities

   60

Risk Elements

  

Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans

   45

Past Due Interest

   103

Policy for Nonaccrual

   45

Potential Problem Loans

   45

Summary of Loan Loss Experience

  

Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses

   43

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

   44

Deposits

  

Average Balance and Average Rates Paid

   57

Time Deposit Maturities

   114

Time Deposits in Excess of $100,000

   114

Return of Equity and Assets

   57

Short-Term Borrowings

   63

 

56


Table of Contents

Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity; Interest Rates and Operating Interest Differential

The following table presents average balance data and operating interest income and expense data for our banking operations, as well as the related interest yields and rates and interest spread (dollars in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
    Average
Balance
  Operating
Interest
Inc./Exp.
  Average
Yield /
Cost
    Average
Balance
  Operating
Interest
Inc./Exp.
 

Average

Yield /

Cost

    Average
Balance
 

Operating

Interest
Inc./Exp.

  Average
Yield /
Cost
 

Interest-earning banking assets:

                 

Loans, net(1)

  $ 22,193,663   $ 1,364,873   6.15 %   $ 15,488,527   $ 828,717   5.35 %   $ 10,065,174   $ 490,550   4.87 %

Mortgage-backed and related available-for-sale securities

    11,543,546     590,512   5.12 %     9,421,988     401,782   4.26 %     8,300,536     331,460   3.99 %

Available-for-sale investment securities

    3,068,474     193,583   6.31 %     2,715,985     140,041   5.16 %     3,151,515     127,429   4.04 %

Trading securities

    132,454     11,388   8.60 %     268,092     12,342   4.60 %     712,819     22,692   3.18 %

Other

    45,460     2,115   4.65 %     53,252     1,566   2.94 %     101,622     3,286   3.23 %
                                         

Total interest-earning banking assets(2)

    36,983,597     2,162,471   5.85 %     27,947,844     1,384,448   4.95 %     22,331,666     975,417   4.37 %
                             

Non-interest-earning banking assets

    552,664         451,161         489,282    
                             

Total banking assets

  $ 37,536,261       $ 28,399,005       $ 22,820,948    
                             

Interest-bearing banking liabilities:

                 

Retail deposits:

                 

Sweep deposit accounts

  $ 10,393,857     87,714   0.84 %   $ 6,683,454     36,147   0.54 %   $ 5,008,953     13,226   0.26 %

Money market and savings accounts

    5,806,811     231,602   3.99 %     3,604,326     89,073   2.47 %     3,792,778     47,297   1.25 %

Certificates of deposit(5)

    3,851,463     183,828   4.77 %     2,276,709     88,733   3.90 %     2,564,914     110,577   4.31 %

Checking accounts

    355,403     3,347   1.10 %     387,146     2,679   0.69 %     353,688     2,408   0.68 %

Brokered certificates of deposit(6)

    535,835     24,726   4.61 %     450,441     15,680   3.48 %     358,665     9,172   2.56 %

Repurchase agreements and other borrowings

    10,980,134     549,085   5.00 %     10,115,764     374,337   3.70 %     8,139,736     259,196   3.18 %

FHLB advances

    3,488,184     165,545   4.75 %     3,260,556     126,495   3.88 %     1,168,519     50,055   4.28 %
                                         

Total interest-bearing banking liabilities

    35,411,687     1,245,847   3.52 %     26,778,396     733,144   2.73 %     21,387,253     491,931   2.30 %
                             

Non-interest-bearing banking liabilities

    355,026         308,719         345,553    
                             

Total banking liabilities

    35,766,713         27,087,115         21,732,806    

Total banking shareholder’s equity

    1,769,548         1,311,890         1,088,142    
                             

Total banking liabilities and shareholder’s equity

  $ 37,536,261       $ 28,399,005       $ 22,820,948    
                             

Excess of interest-earning banking assets over interest-bearing banking liabilities/net operating interest income

  $ 1,571,910   $ 916,624     $ 1,169,448   $ 651,304     $ 944,413   $ 483,486  
                                         

Bank net operating interest:

                 

Spread

      2.33 %       2.22 %       2.07 %

Margin (net yield on interest-earning banking assets)

      2.48 %       2.33 %       2.17 %

Ratio of interest-earning banking assets to interest-bearing banking liabilities

      104.44 %       104.37 %       104.42 %

Return on average:(3)(4)

                 

Total banking assets

      1.03 %       1.04 %       0.90 %

Total banking shareholder’s equity

      21.86 %       22.41 %       19.08 %

Average equity to average total banking assets

      4.71 %       4.62 %       4.77 %

(1)

Nonaccrual loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income on such nonaccrual loans is recognized on a cash basis.

(2)

Amount includes a taxable equivalent increase in operating interest income of $19.3 million, $10.5 million and $7.0 million for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

(3)

Ratio calculations exclude discontinued operations.

(4)

Ratio calculations are based on stand alone Bank results.

(5)

Includes retail certificates of deposit including retail brokered certificates of deposit.

(6)

Includes institutional certificates of deposit.

 

57


Table of Contents

Increases and decreases in operating interest income and operating interest expense result from changes in average balances (volume) of interest-earning banking assets and liabilities, as well as changes in average interest rates (rate). The following table shows the effect that these factors had on the interest earned on our interest-earning banking assets and the interest incurred on our interest-bearing banking liabilities. The effect of changes in volume is determined by multiplying the change in volume by the previous year’s average yield/cost. Similarly, the effect of rate changes is calculated by multiplying the change in average yield/cost by the previous year’s volume. Changes applicable to both volume and rate have been allocated proportionately (dollars in thousands):

 

    

2006 Compared to 2005

Increase (Decrease) Due To

   

2005 Compared to 2004

Increase (Decrease) Due To

 
     Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  

Interest-earning banking assets:

            

Loans, net(1)

   $ 398,605     $ 137,551     $ 536,156     $ 286,205     $ 51,962     $ 338,167  

Mortgage-backed and related available-for-sale securities

     100,043       88,687       188,730       46,805       23,517       70,322  

Available-for-sale investment securities

     19,667       33,875       53,542       (19,231 )     31,843       12,612  

Trading securities

     (8,241 )     7,287       (954 )     (17,841 )     7,491       (10,350 )

Other

     (256 )     805       549       (1,445 )     (275 )     (1,720 )
                                                

Total interest-earning banking assets(2)

     509,818       268,205       778,023       294,493       114,538       409,031  
                                                

Interest-bearing banking liabilities:

            

Retail deposits

     157,493       132,366       289,859       19,287       23,837       43,124  

Brokered certificates of deposit

     3,329       5,717       9,046       2,699       3,809       6,508  

Repurchase agreements and other borrowings

     34,185       140,563       174,748       69,040       46,101       115,141  

FHLB advances

     9,301       29,749       39,050       81,585       (5,145 )     76,440  
                                                

Total interest-bearing banking liabilities

     204,308       308,395       512,703       172,611       68,602       241,213  
                                                

Change in net operating interest income

   $ 305,510     $ (40,190 )   $ 265,320     $ 121,882     $ 45,936     $ 167,818  
                                                

(1)

Nonaccrual loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income on such nonaccrual loans is recognized on a cash basis.

(2)

Amount includes a taxable equivalent increase in operating interest income of $19.3 million and $10.5 million for 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

58


Table of Contents

Lending Activities

The following table presents the balance and associated percentage of each major loan category in our portfolio (dollars in thousands):

 

    December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    Balance     %(1)     Balance     %(1)     Balance     %(1)     Balance     %(1)     Balance     %(1)  

Real estate loans:

                   

One- to four- family

                   

Fixed-rate

  $ 5,724,331     21.8 %   $ 2,603,268     13.5 %   $ 525,420     4.5 %   $ 1,345,369     14.9 %   $ 1,877,265     26.0 %

Adjustable-rate

    5,425,627     20.6       4,575,629     23.8       3,388,767     29.1       1,910,161     21.3       1,502,224     20.9  

HELOC, HEIL and other

    11,809,069     44.8       8,106,894     42.1       3,621,835     31.1       1,524,215     17.0       368,392     5.1  
                                                                     

Total real estate loans

    22,959,027     87.2       15,285,791     79.4       7,536,022     64.7       4,779,745     53.2       3,747,881     52.0  
                                                                     

Consumer and other loans:

                   

Recreational vehicle

    2,292,356     8.7       2,692,055     14.0       2,567,891     22.1       2,285,451     25.4       1,366,876     19.0  

Marine

    651,764     2.5       752,645     3.9       724,125     6.2       627,975     7.0       453,783     6.3  

Commercial

    219,008     0.8       89,098     0.5       3,012     0.0       179     0.0       —       —    

Credit card

    128,583     0.5       188,600     1.0       203,169     1.8       113,434     1.3       —       —    

Automobile

    77,533     0.3       235,388     1.2       583,389     5.0       1,162,339     12.9       1,481,695     20.6  

Other

    3,706     0.0       8,338     0.0       16,481     0.2       16,039     0.2       152,645     2.1  
                                                                     

Total consumer and other loans

    3,372,950     12.8       3,966,124     20.6       4,098,067     35.3       4,205,417     46.8       3,454,999     48.0  
                                                                     

Total loans(1)

    26,331,977     100.0 %     19,251,915     100.0 %     11,634,089     100.0 %     8,985,162     100.0 %     7,202,880     100.0 %
                                                                     

Adjustments:

                   

Premiums (discounts) and deferred fees on loans

    391,844         323,637         198,627         184,078         190,506    

Allowance for loan losses

    (67,628 )       (63,286 )       (47,681 )       (37,847 )       (27,666 )  
                                                 

Total adjustments

    324,216         260,351         150,946         146,231         162,840    
                                                 

Loans, net(1)

  $ 26,656,193       $ 19,512,266       $ 11,785,035       $ 9,131,393       $ 7,365,720    
                                                 

(1)

Includes loans held-for-sale, principally one- to four-family real estate loans. These loans were $0.3 billion, $0.1 billion, $0.3 billion, $1.0 billion and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Approximately 36% and 32% of the Company’s real estate loans were concentrated in California at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. No other state had concentrations of real estate loans that represented 10% or more of the Company’s real estate portfolio.

 

59


Table of Contents

The following table shows the contractual maturities of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2006, including scheduled principal repayments. This table does not, however, include any estimate of prepayments. These prepayments could significantly shorten the average loan lives and cause the actual timing of the loan repayments to differ from those shown in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

     Due in(1)     
     < 1 Year    1-5 Years    > 5 Years    Total

Real estate loans:

           

One- to four-family:

           

Fixed rate

   $ 142,702    $ 667,150    $ 4,914,479    $ 5,724,331

Adjustable rate

     80,985      372,939      4,971,703      5,425,627

HELOC, HEIL and other

     173,139      846,516      10,789,414      11,809,069
                           

Total real estate loans

     396,826      1,886,605      20,675,596      22,959,027
                           

Consumer and other loans:

           

Recreational vehicle

     115,058      536,947      1,640,351      2,292,356

Marine

     30,975      145,033      475,756      651,764

Commercial

     54,606      164,402      —        219,008

Credit card

     128,583      —        —        128,583

Automobile

     43,353      34,180      —        77,533

Other

     1,300      2,406      —        3,706
                           

Total consumer and other loans

     373,875      882,968      2,116,107      3,372,950
                           

Total loans

   $ 770,701    $ 2,769,573    $ 22,791,703    $ 26,331,977
                           

(1)

Estimated scheduled principal repayments are calculated using weighted-average interest rate and weighted-average remaining maturity of each loan portfolio.

The following table shows the distribution of those loans that mature in more than one year between fixed and adjustable interest rate loans at December 31, 2006 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Interest Rate Type    Total
     Fixed    Adjustable   

Real estate loans:

        

One- to four-family

   $ 5,581,628    $ 5,344,643    $ 10,926,271

HELOC, HEIL and other

     3,692,301      7,943,629      11,635,930
                    

Total real estate loans

     9,273,929      13,288,272      22,562,201
                    

Consumer and other loans:

        

Recreational vehicle

     2,177,298      —        2,177,298

Marine

     620,789      —        620,789

Commercial

     —        164,402      164,402

Credit card

     —        —        —  

Automobile

     34,180      —        34,180

Other

     2,406      —        2,406
                    

Total consumer and other loans

     2,834,673      164,402      2,999,075
                    

Total loans

   $ 12,108,602    $ 13,452,674    $ 25,561,276
                    

Available-for-Sale and Trading Securities

Our portfolios of mortgage-backed securities and investments are classified into three categories in accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities: trading, available-for-sale or held-to-maturity. None of our mortgage-backed securities or other investments was classified as held-to-maturity during 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

60


Table of Contents

Our mortgage-backed securities portfolio is composed primarily of:

 

   

Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) participation certificates, guaranteed by Fannie Mae;

 

   

Government National Mortgage Association participation certificates, guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States;

 

   

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations;

 

   

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) participation certificates, guaranteed by Freddie Mac; and

 

   

Privately insured mortgage pass-through securities;.

We buy and hold mortgage-backed trading securities principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. These securities are carried at market value and any realized or unrealized gains and losses are reflected in our consolidated statement of income as gain on sales of loans and securities, net.

Our investments classified as available-for-sale are carried at estimated fair value with the unrealized gains and losses reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

The following table shows the cost basis and fair value of our mortgage-backed securities and investment portfolio that the Bank held and classified as available-for-sale (dollars in thousands):

 

    December 31,
    2006   2005   2004
    Cost Basis   Fair Value   Cost Basis   Fair Value   Cost Basis   Fair Value

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Backed by U.S. Government sponsored and Federal Agencies

  $ 9,375,444   $ 9,109,307   $ 9,687,666   $ 9,427,521   $ 7,938,135   $ 7,793,207

Collateralized mortgage obligations and other

    1,127,650     1,108,385     1,014,582     995,891     1,266,736     1,258,862
                                   

Total mortgage-backed securities

    10,503,094     10,217,692     10,702,248     10,423,412     9,204,871     9,052,069
                                   

Investment securities:

           

Asset-backed securities

    2,163,538     2,161,728     1,376,315     1,365,754     2,789,471     2,796,429

FHLB stock

    244,212     244,212     198,700     198,700     92,005     92,005

Municipal bonds

    620,261     632,747     167,848     168,850     136,362     136,671

Corporate bonds

    74,293     72,661     74,931     72,760     87,959     84,515

Other debt securities

    80,623     74,880     78,989     73,485     79,467     74,700

Publicly traded equity securities:

           

Preferred stock

    455,846     458,719     290,240     288,365     274,205     274,619

Corporate investments

    —       —       —       —       89     117
                                   

Total investment securities

    3,638,773     3,644,947     2,187,023     2,167,914     3,459,558     3,459,056
                                   

Total available-for-sale securities

  $ 14,141,867   $ 13,862,639   $ 12,889,271   $ 12,591,326   $ 12,664,429   $ 12,511,125
                                   

 

61


Table of Contents

The following table shows the scheduled maturities, carrying values and current yields for the Bank’s available-for-sale and trading investment portfolio at December 31, 2006 (dollars in thousands):

 

    Within One Year     After One But
Within Five Years
    After Five But
Within Ten Years
    After Ten Years     Total  
   

Balance

Due

  Weighted
Average
Yield
    Balance
Due
  Weighted
Average
Yield
    Balance
Due
  Weighted
Average
Yield
   

Balance

Due

  Weighted
Average
Yield
   

Balance

Due

  Weighted
Average
Yield
 

Mortgage-backed securities:

                   

Backed by U.S. Government sponsored and Federal agencies

  $ 161,886   5.04 %   $ 735,467   5.04 %   $ 1,153,921   5.04 %   $ 7,324,170   5.04 %   $ 9,375,444   5.04 %

Collateralized mortgage obligations and other

    20,944   4.97 %     94,982   4.97 %     148,553   4.97 %     863,171   4.97 %     1,127,650   4.97 %
                                       

Total mortgage-backed securities

    182,830       830,449       1,302,474       8,187,341       10,503,094  
                                       

Investment securities:

                   

Asset-backed securities

    29,195   5.81 %     135,271   5.81 %     219,752   5.81 %     1,779,320   5.81 %     2,163,538   5.81 %

Municipal bonds(1)

    21,712   4.63 %     97,612   4.63 %     150,339   4.63 %     350,598   4.63 %     620,261   4.63 %

Corporate debt

    1,854   6.03 %     8,641   6.03 %     14,178   6.03 %     49,620   6.03 %     74,293   6.03 %

Other debt securities

    11,139   4.34 %     49,710   4.34 %     19,774   4.34 %     —     N/A       80,623   4.34 %

Publicly traded equity securities(2)

    —     N/A       —     N/A       —     N/A       455,846   8.84 %     455,846   8.84 %

FHLB stock(3)

    —     N/A       —     N/A       —     N/A       244,212   6.10 %     244,212   6.10 %
                                       

Total investment securities

    63, 900       291,234       404,043       2,879,596       3,638,773  
                                       

Trading securities

    7,155   4.86 %     32,358   4.86 %     50,357   4.86 %     51,217   4.86 %     141,087   4.86 %
                                       

Total available-for-sale and trading securities

  $ 253,885     $ 1,154,041     $ 1,756,874     $ 11,118,154     $ 14,282,954  
                                       

(1)

Yields on tax-exempt obligations are computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

(2)

Preferred stock in Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, no stated maturity date.

(3)

FHLB stock, no stated maturity date.

Borrowings

Deposits represent a significant component of our current funds. In addition, we borrow from the FHLB and sell securities under repurchase agreements.

We are a member of, and own capital stock in, the FHLB system. In part, the FHLB provides us with reserve credit capacity and authorizes us to apply for advances on the security of FHLB stock and various home mortgages and other assets—principally securities that are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States government—provided we meet certain creditworthiness standards. At December 31, 2006, our outstanding advances from the FHLB totaled $4.9 billion at interest rates ranging from 3.72% to 6.96% and at a weighted-average rate of 5.15%.

We also raise funds by selling securities to nationally recognized investment banking firms under agreements to repurchase the same securities. The investment banking firms hold the securities in custody. We treat repurchase agreements as borrowings and secure them with designated fixed- and variable-rate securities. We also participate in the Federal Reserve Bank’s special direct investment and treasury, tax and loan borrowing programs. We use the proceeds from these transactions to meet our cash flow or asset/liability matching needs.

 

62


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding the weighted-average interest rates and the highest and average month-end balances of our short-term borrowings (dollars in thousands):

 

   

Ending

Balance

 

Weighted-

Average

Rate(1)

   

Maximum Amount

At Month-End

  Yearly Weighted-Average  
              Balance           Rate      

At or for the year ended December 31, 2006:

         

Advances from the FHLB

  $ 4,865,466   5.15 %   $ 5,053,982   $ 3,488,184   4.75 %

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other borrowings

  $ 10,212,993   5.17 %   $ 12,483,929   $ 10,980,134   5.00 %

At or for the year ended December 31, 2005:

         

Advances from the FHLB

  $ 3,856,106   4.09 %   $ 4,316,683   $ 3,260,556   3.88 %

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other borrowings

  $ 11,412,028   4.15 %   $ 11,412,028   $ 10,115,764   3.70 %

At or for the year ended December 31, 2004:

         

Advances from the FHLB

  $ 1,487,841   2.71 %   $ 1,777,110   $ 1,168,519   4.28 %

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase and other borrowings

  $ 10,170,082   2.15 %   $ 10,285,738   $ 8,139,736   3.18 %

(1)

Excludes hedging costs.

 

63


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

Active Trader—The customer segment that includes those who execute 30 or more trades per quarter and have base pricing of $6.99 to $9.99 per trade.

Adjusted total assets—Bank-only assets composed of total assets plus/(less) unrealized losses (gains) on available-for-sale securities, less deferred tax assets, goodwill and certain other intangible assets.

Average commission per trade—Total retail segment commission revenue divided by total number of retail trades.

Average equity to total banking assets—Average total banking shareholder’s equity divided by average total banking assets.

Bank—ETB Holdings, Inc. (“ETBH”), the entity that is our bank holding company and parent to E*TRADE Bank and ETGAM.

Bank net operating interest spread—The difference between the weighted-average yields earned on interest-earning banking assets and the weighted-average yields paid on interest-bearing banking liabilities.

Basis point—One one-hundredth of a percentage point.

Cash flow hedge—A financial derivative instrument designated in a hedging relationship that mitigates exposure to variability in expected future cash flows attributable to a particular risk.

Charge-off—The result of removing a loan or portion of a loan from an entity’s balance sheet because the loan is considered to be uncollectible.

Clearing and servicing expense—A predominantly variable expense associated with our trading products and the servicing expense associated with our loan products.

Compensation and benefits as a percentage of revenue—Total compensation and benefits expense divided by total net revenue.

Contract for difference (“CFDs”)—A derivative based on an underlying stock or index to exchange the difference between the nominal value at the opening of a trade and at the close of a trade. A CFD is researched and traded in the same manner as a stock.

Corporate investments—Primarily equity investments held at the parent company level that are not related to the ongoing business of the Company’s operating subsidiaries.

Customer cash and deposits—Customer cash, deposits, free credits and money market balances, including those held by third parties.

Daily average revenue trades (“DARTs”)—Total revenue trades in a period divided by the number of trading days during that period.

Derivative—A financial instrument or other contract the price of which is directly dependent upon the value of one or more underlying securities, interest rates or any agreed upon pricing index. Derivatives cover a wide assortment of financial contracts, including forward contracts, options and swaps.

E*TRADE Complete—An integrated investing, trading, banking and lending product that allows customers to manage their relationships with the Company through one account. E*TRADE Complete helps customers optimize cash and credit by utilizing tools designed to inform them of whether or not they are receiving the most appropriate rates for their cash and paying the most appropriate rates for credit.

 

64


Table of Contents

Enterprise interest-bearing liabilities—Liabilities such as customer deposits, repurchase agreements, other borrowings and advances from the FHLB, certain customer credit balances and stock loan programs on which the Company pays interest; excludes customer money market balances held by third parties.

Enterprise interest-earning assets—Consists of the primary interest-earning assets of the Company and includes: loans receivable, mortgage-backed and available-for-sale securities, margin receivables, stock borrow balances, and cash required to be segregated under regulatory guidelines that earn interest for the Company.

Enterprise net interest income—The taxable equivalent basis net operating interest income excluding corporate interest income and corporate interest expense, stock conduit interest income and expense and interest earned on customer cash held by third parties.

Enterprise net interest spread—The taxable equivalent rate earned on average enterprise interest-earning assets less the rate paid on average enterprise interest-bearing liabilities, excluding corporate interest-earning assets and liabilities, stock conduit and cash held by third parties.

Exchange-traded funds—A fund that invests in a group of securities and trades like an individual stock on an exchange.

Fair value hedge—A financial derivative instrument designated in a hedging relationship that mitigates exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or a firm commitment.

Free credits—Balances held in brokerage customer accounts arising from deposits of funds and sales of securities.

GAAP—Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Interest-bearing banking liabilities—Liabilities such as customer deposits, repurchase agreements, other borrowings and advances from the FHLB on which the Company pays interest.

Interest-earning banking assets—Assets such as loans receivable, mortgage-backed and available-for-sale securities, trading securities and cash that earn interest for the Company.

Interest rate cap—An options contract which puts an upper limit on a floating exchange rate. The writer of the cap has to pay the holder of the cap the difference between the floating rate and the upper limit when that upper limit is breached. There is usually a premium paid by the buyer of such a contract.

Interest rate floor—An options contract which puts a lower limit on a floating exchange rate. The writer of the floor has to pay the holder of the floor the difference between the floating rate and the lower limit when that lower limit is breached. There is usually a premium paid by the buyer of such a contract.

Interest rate swaps—Contracts that are entered into primarily as an asset/liability management strategy to reduce interest rate risk. Interest rate swap contacts are exchanges of interest rate payments, such as fixed-rate payments for floating-rate payments, based on notional principal amounts.

Main Street Investor—The customer segment that includes those who execute less than 30 trades per quarter, hold less than $50,000 in assets in combined retail accounts and have base pricing of $12.99 per trade

Margin receivables—The extension of credit to brokerage customers of the Company, where the loan is secured with securities owned by the customer.

Mass Affluent—The customer segment that includes those who execute more than 30 trades per quarter or hold $50,000 or more in assets in combined retail accounts and have base pricing of $9.99 per trade.

 

65


Table of Contents

Net Present Value of Equity (“NPVE”)—The present value of expected cash inflows from existing assets, minus the present value of expected cash outflows from existing liabilities, plus the expected cash inflows and outflows from existing derivatives and forward commitments. This calculation is performed for the Bank.

Nonperforming assets—Assets that do not earn income, including those originally acquired to earn income (delinquent loans) and those not intended to earn income (REO). Loans are classified as nonperforming when full and timely collection of interest and principal becomes uncertain or when the loans are 90 days past due.

Notional amount—The specified dollar amount underlying a derivative on which the calculated payments are based.

Operating expenses—Total expense excluding interest, as shown on the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

Operating margin—Income before other income (expense), income taxes, minority interest, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change.

Operating margin (%)—Percentage of net revenue that goes to income before other income (expense), income taxes, minority interest, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change. It is calculated by dividing our income before other income (expense), income taxes, minority interest, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change by our total net revenue.

Options—Contracts that grant the purchaser, for a premium payment, the right, but not the obligation, to either purchase or sell the associated financial instrument at a set price during a period or at a specified date in the future.

Organic—Business related to new and existing customers as opposed to acquisitions (referred to as “core” in previous filings).

Principal transactions—Transactions that primarily consist of revenue from market-making activities.

Product—An account feature that generates revenue, such as a margin enabled account, or an account function that creates a deeper customer relationship, such as “Bill Pay.”

Products per customer—Average number of our products that a customer actively uses.

Real-estate owned repossessed assets (“REO”)—Ownership of real property by the Company, generally acquired as a result of foreclosure.

Repurchase agreement—An agreement giving the seller of an asset the right or obligation to buy back the same or similar securities at a specified price on a given date. These agreements are generally collateralized by mortgage-backed or investment-grade securities.

Retail deposits—Balances of retail customer cash held at the Bank; excludes brokered certificates of deposit.

Return on average total banking assets—Annualized Bank net income from continuing operations divided by average banking assets.

Return on average total banking shareholder’s equity—Annualized Bank net income from continuing operations divided by average banking shareholder’s equity.

 

66


Table of Contents

Retail client assets—Market value of all client assets held by the Company including security holdings, customer cash and deposits and vested unexercised options.

Revenue growth—The difference between the current and prior comparable period total net revenue divided by the prior comparable period total net revenue.

Risk-weighted assets—Primarily computed by the assignment of specific risk-weightings assigned by the OTS to assets and off-balance sheet instruments for capital adequacy calculations. This calculation is for the Bank only.

Stock conduit—The borrowing of shares from a Broker-Dealer and subsequently lending the same shares to another Broker-Dealer netting a fee.

Sweep deposit accounts—Accounts with the functionality to transfer brokerage cash balances to and from an FDIC-insured money market account at the Bank.

Taxable equivalent interest adjustment—The operating interest income earned on certain assets is completely or partially exempt from federal and/or state income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than a taxable investment. To provide more meaningful comparison of yields and margins for all interest-earning assets, the interest income earned on tax exempt assets in increased to make it fully equivalent to interest income on other taxable investments. This adjustment is done for the analytic purposes in the net enterprise interest income/spread calculation and is not made on the consolidated statement of income, as that is not permitted under GAAP.

Tier 1 Capital—Adjusted equity capital used in the calculation of capital adequacy ratios at the Bank as required by the OTS. Tier 1 capital equals: total shareholder’s equity at the Bank, plus/(less) unrealized losses (gains) on available-for-sale securities and cash flow hedges, less deferred tax assets, goodwill and certain other intangible assets.

 

67


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The following discussion about our market risk disclosure includes forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A. “Risk Factors.” Market risk is our exposure to changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity and commodity prices. Our exposure to interest rate risk is related primarily to interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Interest Rate Risk

The management of interest rate risk is essential to profitability. Interest rate risk is our exposure to changes in interest rates. In general, we manage our interest rate risk by balancing variable-rate and fixed-rate assets, liabilities and derivatives in a way that reduces our overall exposure to changes in interest rates. This analysis is based on complex assumptions regarding maturities, market interest rates and customer behavior. Changes in interest rates, including the following, could impact interest income and expense:

 

   

Interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities may re-price at different times or by different amounts creating a mismatch.

 

   

The yield curve may flatten or change shape affecting the spread between short- and long-term rates. Widening or narrowing spreads could impact net interest income.

 

   

Market interest rates may influence prepayments resulting in maturity mismatches. In addition, prepayments could impact yields as premium and discounts amortize.

Exposure to market risk is dependent upon the distribution and composition of interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and derivatives. The differing risk characteristics of each product are managed to mitigate our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. At December 31, 2006, 93% of our total assets were interest-earning assets.

At December 31, 2006, approximately 66% of our total assets were residential mortgages and available-for-sale mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. The values of these assets are sensitive to changes in interest rates, as well as expected prepayment levels. As interest rates increase, fixed rate residential mortgages and mortgage-backed securities tend to exhibit lower prepayments. The inverse is true in a falling rate environment.

Our current strategy is to retain more originated mortgage loans on the balance sheet. When mortgage loans prepay, mortgage origination costs are written off. Depending on the timing of the prepayment, the write-offs of mortgage origination costs may result in lower than anticipated yields. The ALCO reviews estimates of the impact of changing market rates on loan production volumes and prepayments. This information is incorporated into our interest rate risk management strategy.

Our liability structure consists of transactional deposit relationships, such as money market accounts; certificates of deposit; securities sold under agreements to repurchase; free credits; wholesale collateralized borrowings from the FHLB and other entities; and long term notes. Our transactional deposit accounts and free credits tend to be less rate-sensitive than wholesale borrowings. Agreements to repurchase securities and money market accounts re-price as interest rates change. Certificates of deposit re-price over time depending on maturities. FHLB advances and long-term notes generally have fixed rates.

We held $178.6 million in trading securities as of December 31, 2006. These securities, and the associated interest rate risk, are not material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

68


Table of Contents

Derivative Financial Instruments

We use derivative financial instruments to help manage our interest rate risk. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed-rate and variable-rate interest payments between two parties based on a contractual underlying notional amount, but do not involve the exchange of the underlying notional amounts. Option products are utilized primarily to decrease the market value changes resulting from the prepayment dynamics of the mortgage portfolio, as well as to protect against increases in funding costs. The types of options employed include Cap Options (“Caps”) and Floor Options (“Floors”), “Payor Swaptions” and “Receiver Swaptions.” Caps mitigate the market risk associated with increases in interest rates while Floors mitigate the risk associated with decreases in market interest rates. Similarly, Payor and Receiver Swaptions mitigate the market risk associated with the respective increases and decreases in interest rates. See derivative financial instruments discussion at Note 9—Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

For mortgage loans intended to be sold, Interest Rate Lock Commitments (“IRLCs”) are considered derivatives with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. IRLCs are commitments issued to borrowers that lock in an interest rate now for a loan closing in one to three months. These locks, initially recorded with a fair value of zero, will fluctuate in value during the lock period as market interest rates change. See mortgage banking activities discussion at Note 9—Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Scenario Analysis

Scenario analysis is an advanced approach to estimating interest rate risk exposure. Under the Net Present Value of Equity (“NPVE”) approach, the present value of all existing assets, liabilities, derivatives and forward commitments are estimated and then combined to produce a NPVE figure. The sensitivity of this value to changes in interest rates is then determined by applying alternative interest rate scenarios, which include, but are not limited to, instantaneous parallel shifts up 100, 200 and 300 basis points and down 100 and 200 basis points. The NPVE method is used at the E*TRADE Bank level and not for the Company. E*TRADE Bank has 81% and 79% of our interest-earning assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and holds 79% and 77% of our interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Interest-earning assets not included in the NPVE approach are brokerage receivables, a portfolio of trading securities and certain investments not held by E*TRADE Bank. Interest-bearing liabilities not currently included in the analysis consist of brokerage payables, other borrowings held by the Bank Holding Company, corporate level long-term debt and a small portion of other liabilities not held by E*TRADE Bank.

The sensitivity of NPVE at December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the limits established by E*TRADE Bank’s Board of Directors are listed below (dollars in thousands):

 

     Change in NPVE  
     December 31,     Board Limit  
     2006     2005    

Parallel Change in Interest Rates (bps)

   Amount     Percentage     Amount     Percentage    

+300

   $ (52,325 )   (2 )%   $ (490,045 )   (22 )%   (55 )%

+200

   $ (32,680 )   (1 )%   $ (298,476 )   (13 )%   (30 )%

+100

   $ (15,303 )   (1 )%   $ (115,244 )   (5 )%   (20 )%

-100

   $ (159,618 )   (6 )%   $ (49,256 )   (2 )%   (20 )%

-200

   $ (560,142 )   (20 )%   $ (382,924 )   (17 )%   (30 )%

Under criteria published by the OTS, E*TRADE Bank’s overall interest rate risk exposure at December 31, 2006 was characterized as “moderate.” We actively manage our interest rate risk positions. As

 

69


Table of Contents

interest rates change, we will re-adjust our strategy and mix of assets, liabilities and derivatives to optimize our position. For example, a 100 basis points increase in rates may not result in a change in value as indicated above. The ALCO monitors E*TRADE Bank’s interest rate risk position.

Other Market Risk

Equity Security Risk

Equity securities risk is the risk of potential loss from investing in public and private equity securities including foreign currency exchange risk. We hold equity securities for investment purposes and in trading securities for market-making purposes. The foreign currency exchange risk associated with these investments is not material to the Company. For investment purposes, we currently hold publicly traded equity securities, in which we had gross unrealized gains of $18.6 million as of December 31, 2006. As each security’s market price fluctuates, we are exposed to risk of a loss with respect to these unrealized gains. See publicly traded equity securities discussion at Note 6—Available-for-Sale Mortgage-Backed and Investment Securities in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

70


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

MANAGEMENT REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of E*TRADE Financial Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. E*TRADE Financial Corporation’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;

 

   

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and

 

   

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on its financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections or evaluations of effectiveness regarding future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

E*TRADE Financial Corporation’s management assessed the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework.” Based on management’s assessment, management believes as of December 31, 2006, that E*TRADE Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

E*TRADE Financial Corporation’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has issued an audit report regarding management’s assessment of E*TRADE Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. The report of Deloitte & Touche LLP appears on the next page.

 

71


Table of Contents

REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

E*TRADE Financial Corporation

Arlington, Virginia

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that E*TRADE Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 of the Company and our report dated March 1, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
McLean, Virginia
March 1, 2007

 

72


Table of Contents

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

E*TRADE Financial Corporation

Arlington, Virginia

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of E*TRADE Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statement of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of E*TRADE Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 1, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
McLean, Virginia
March 1, 2007

 

73


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Revenue:

      

Operating interest income

   $ 2,774,679     $ 1,650,264     $ 1,145,597  

Operating interest expense

     (1,374,647 )     (779,164 )     (510,455 )
                        

Net operating interest income

     1,400,032       871,100       635,142  

Provision for loan losses

     (44,970 )     (54,016 )     (38,121 )
                        

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses

     1,355,062       817,084       597,021  
                        

Commission

     625,265       458,834       431,638  

Service charges and fees

     137,441       135,314       97,575  

Principal transactions

     110,235       99,336       126,893  

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net

     55,986       98,858       140,718  

Other revenue

     136,332       94,419       89,077  
                        

Total non-interest income

     1,065,259       886,761       885,901  
                        

Total net revenue

     2,420,321       1,703,845       1,482,922  
                        

Expense excluding interest:

      

Compensation and benefits

     469,202       380,803       350,440  

Clearing and servicing

     253,040       189,736       162,354  

Advertising and market development

     119,782       105,935       62,155  

Communications

     110,346       82,485       69,674  

Professional services

     96,947       77,416       69,014  

Depreciation and amortization

     73,845       74,981       77,892  

Occupancy and equipment

     85,568       69,089       69,572  

Amortization of other intangibles

     46,220       43,765       19,443  

Facility restructuring and other exit activities

     28,537       (30,017 )     15,688  

Other

     136,042       59,860       90,891  
                        

Total expense excluding interest

     1,419,529       1,054,053       987,123  
                        

Income before other income (expense), income taxes, minority interest, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

     1,000,792       649,792       495,799  
                        

Other income (expense):

      

Corporate interest income

     8,433       11,043       6,692  

Corporate interest expense

     (152,496 )     (73,956 )     (47,525 )

Gain on sales and impairment of investments

     70,796       83,144       128,111  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     (1,179 )     —         (22,972 )

Equity in income of investments and venture funds

     2,451       6,103       4,382  
                        

Total other income (expense)

     (71,995 )     26,334       68,688  
                        

Income before income taxes, minority interest, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

     928,797       676,126       564,487  

Income tax expense

     301,983       229,823       181,764  

Minority interest in subsidiaries

     —         65       893  
                        

Net income from continuing operations

     626,814       446,238       381,830  
                        

Discontinued operations, net of tax:

      

Loss from discontinued operations

     (721 )     (21,495 )     (32,755 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     2,766       4,023       31,408  
                        

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     2,045       (17,472 )     (1,347 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax

     —         1,646       —    
                        

Net income

   $ 628,859     $ 430,412     $ 380,483  
                        

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations

   $ 1.49     $ 1.20     $ 1.04  

Basic earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations

     0.00       (0.04 )     (0.00 )

Basic earnings per share from cumulative effect of accounting change

     —         0.00       —    
                        

Basic net earnings per share

   $ 1.49     $ 1.16     $ 1.04  
                        

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

   $ 1.44     $ 1.16     $ 0.99  

Diluted earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations

     0.00       (0.04 )     (0.00 )

Diluted earnings per share from cumulative effect of accounting change

     —         0.00       —    
                        

Diluted net earnings per share

   $ 1.44     $ 1.12     $ 0.99  
                        

Shares used in computation of per share data:

      

Basic

     421,127       371,468       366,586  

Diluted

     436,357       384,630       405,389  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

74


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  
ASSETS     

Cash and equivalents

   $ 1,212,234     $ 844,188  

Cash and investments required to be segregated under Federal or other regulations

     281,622       610,174  

Trading securities

     178,600       146,657  

Available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities (includes securities pledged to creditors with the right to sell or repledge of $11,087,961 and $11,792,684 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively)

     13,921,983       12,763,438  

Loans held-for-sale

     283,496       87,371  

Brokerage receivables, net

     7,636,352       7,174,175  

Loans receivable, net (net of allowance for loan losses of $67,628 and $63,286 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively)

     26,372,697       19,424,895  

Property and equipment, net

     318,389       299,256  

Goodwill

     2,072,920       2,003,456  

Other intangibles, net

     471,933       532,108  

Other assets

     989,077       681,968  
                

Total assets

   $ 53,739,303     $ 44,567,686  
                
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Liabilities:

    

Deposits

   $ 24,071,012     $ 15,948,015  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     9,792,422       11,101,542  

Brokerage payables

     7,824,704       7,342,208  

Other borrowings

     5,323,962       4,206,996  

Senior notes

     1,401,592       1,401,947  

Mandatory convertible notes

     440,577       435,589  

Convertible subordinated notes

     —         185,165  

Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities

     688,664       546,664  
                

Total liabilities

     49,542,933       41,168,126  
                

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, shares authorized: 600,000,000; shares issued and outstanding: 426,304,136 and 416,582,164 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively

     4,263       4,166  

Additional paid-in capital (“APIC”)

     3,184,290       2,990,676  

Retained earnings

     1,209,289       580,430  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (201,472 )     (175,712 )
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     4,196,370       3,399,560  
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 53,739,303     $ 44,567,686  
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

75


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Net income

   $ 628,859     $ 430,412     $ 380,483  

Other comprehensive loss

      

Available-for-sale securities:

      

Unrealized gains, net

     172       12,946       71,488  

Less impact of realized gains (transferred out of accumulated other comprehensive income) and included in net income, net

     (80,387 )     (77,858 )     (127,236 )
                        

Net change from available-for-sale securities

     (80,215 )     (64,912 )     (55,748 )
                        

Cash flow hedging instruments:

      

Unrealized gains (losses), net

     36,409       7,032       (51,137 )

Amortization of losses into operating interest expense related to de-designated cash flow hedges deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income, net

     6,578       40,155       56,873  
                        

Net change from cash flow hedging instruments

     42,987       47,187       5,736  
                        

Foreign currency translation gains (losses)

     11,468       (16,788 )     (1,210 )
                        

Other comprehensive loss

     (25,760 )     (34,513 )     (51,222 )
                        

Comprehensive income

   $ 603,099     $ 395,899     $ 329,261  
                        

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

76


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

     Shares Exchangeable
into Common Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance, December 31, 2003

  1,386     $ 14     366,636     $ 3,666     $ 2,235,056     $ (230,465 )   $ (89,977 )   $ 1,918,294  

Net income

  —         —       —         —         —         380,483       —         380,483  

Other comprehensive loss

  —         —       —         —         —         —         (51,222 )     (51,222 )

Exercise of stock options and purchase plans, including tax benefit

  —         —       6,757       68       57,686       —         —         57,754  

Employee stock purchase plan

  —         —       1,443       14       8,640       —         —         8,654  

Repurchases of common stock

  —         —       (13,664 )     (137 )     (175,639 )     —         —         (175,776 )

Issuance of restricted stock

  —         —       908       9       91       —         —         100  

Cancellation of restricted stock

  —         —       (113 )     (1 )     1       —         —         —    

Shares issued upon debt conversion

  —         —       7,438       74       79,889       —         —         79,963  

Amortization of deferred stock compensation, net of cancellations and retirements

  —         —       (25 )     —         4,329       —         —         4,329  

Conversion of Exchangeable Shares to common stock

  (83 )     (1 )   83       1       —         —         —         —    

Other

  —         —       161       2       5,621       —         —         5,623  
                                                           

Balance, December 31, 2004

  1,303     $ 13     369,624     $ 3,696     $ 2,215,674     $ 150,018     $ (141,199 )   $ 2,228,202  

Net income

  —         —       —         —         —         430,412       —         430,412  

Cumulative effect of accounting change

  —         —       —         —         (2,777 )     —         —         (2,777 )

Other comprehensive loss

  —         —       —         —         —         —         (34,513 )     (34,513 )

Exercise of stock options and purchase plans, including tax benefit

  —         —       7,779       78       77,657       —         —         77,735  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of forward contract

  —         —       —         —         14,479       —         —         14,479  

Employee stock purchase plan

  —         —       902       9       8,377       —         —         8,386  

Repurchases of common stock

  —         —       (4,548 )     (45 )     (58,170 )     —         —         (58,215 )

Issuance of common stock upon acquisition

  —         —       1,632       17       26,634       —         —         26,651  

Issuance of common stock BrownCo Financing

  —         —       39,722       397       691,385       —         —         691,782  

Issuance of restricted stock

  —         —       830       8       (8 )     —         —         —    

Cancellation of restricted stock

  —         —       (516 )     (5 )     5       —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred stock compensation prior to adoptions of SFAS No. 123(R), net of cancellations and retirements

  —         —       (46 )     (1 )     1,265       —         —         1,264  

Amortization of deferred stock compensation to APIC under SFAS No. 123(R)

  —         —       —         —         16,276       —         —         16,276  

Conversion of Exchangeable Shares to common stock

  (1,303 )     (13 )   1,303       13       —         —         —         —    

Other

  —         —       (100 )     (1 )     (121 )     —         —         (122 )
                                                           

Balance, December 31, 2005

  —       $ —       416,582     $ 4,166     $ 2,990,676     $ 580,430     $ (175,712 )   $ 3,399,560  
                                                           

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

77


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

     Shares Exchangeable
into Common Stock
  Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in Capital
    Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
     Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount          

Balance, December 31, 2005

  —     $ —     416,582     $ 4,166     $ 2,990,676     $ 580,430   $ (175,712 )   $ 3,399,560  

Net income

  —       —     —         —         —         628,859     —         628,859  

Other comprehensive loss

  —       —     —         —         —         —       (25,760 )     (25,760 )

Exercise of stock options and purchase plans, including tax benefit

  —       —     5,931       60       82,824       —       —         82,884  

Issuance of common stock upon conversion of 6% convertible debt

  —       —     7,772       78       183,333       —       —         183,411  

Issuance of common stock upon acquisition

  —       —     847       8       19,742       —       —         19,750  

Repurchases of common stock

  —       —     (5,267 )     (53 )     (122,548 )     —       —         (122,601 )

Issuance of restricted stock

  —       —     640       6       (6 )     —       —         —    

Cancellation of restricted stock

  —       —     (103 )     (1 )     1       —       —         —    

Retirement of restricted stock to pay taxes

  —       —     (98 )     (1 )     (2,364 )     —       —         (2,365 )

Amortization of deferred stock compensation to APIC under SFAS No. 123(R)

  —       —     —         —         32,584       —       —         32,584  

Other

  —       —     —         —         48       —       —         48  
                                                     

Balance, December 31, 2006

  —     $ —     426,304     $ 4,263     $ 3,184,290     $ 1,209,289   $ (201,472 )   $ 4,196,370  
                                                     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

78


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

     

Net income

  $ 628,859     $ 430,412     $ 380,483  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax

    —         (1,646 )     —    

Provision for loan losses

    44,970       54,016       38,121  

Depreciation and amortization (including discount amortization and accretion)

    286,841       362,965       398,297  

Gain on sales and impairment of investments

    (125,953 )     (174,798 )     (257,465 )

Loss (gain) on disposition of assets

    —         1,342       (57,451 )

Gain on sale of Consumer Finance Corporation

    —         (46,099 )     —    

Minority interest in subsidiaries and equity in income of investments and venture funds

    (2,451 )     (6,289 )     (4,469 )

Non-cash facility restructuring costs and other exit activities

    20,712       6,528       15,029  

Stock-based compensation

    32,635       18,253       4,654  

Tax benefit from tax deductions in excess of compensation expense

    (30,166 )     (24,530 )     (22,441 )

Other

    11,650       (8,474 )     11,503  

Net effect of changes in assets and liabilities:

     

Decrease in cash and investments required to be segregated under Federal or other regulations

    356,394       518,021       936,492  

Increase in brokerage receivables

    (430,401 )     (953,391 )     (713,656 )

Increase (decrease) in brokerage payables

    441,784       339,132       (117,567 )

Proceeds from sales, repayments and maturities of loans held-for-sale

    1,506,896       7,182,775       6,857,431  

Purchases of loans held-for-sale

    (1,836,108 )     (3,717,745 )     (6,063,974 )

Proceeds from sales, repayments and maturities of trading securities

    1,943,977       3,779,503       9,354,027  

Purchases of trading securities

    (1,978,828 )     (6,751,698 )     (9,122,071 )

Increase in other assets

    (168,365 )     (37,878 )     (94,199 )

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities

    194,957       (108,610 )     63,786  

Facility restructuring liabilities

    (16,325 )     (5,053 )     (11,564 )
                       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    881,078       856,736       1,594,966  
                       

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

     

Purchases of available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities

    (15,416,233 )     (14,320,762 )     (20,733,706 )

Proceeds from sales, maturities of and principal payments on available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities

    14,181,506       14,059,538       18,014,996  

Net increase in loans receivable

    (6,969,132 )     (7,887,040 )     (3,487,941 )

Purchases of property and equipment

    (109,493 )     (79,014 )     (108,887 )

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    —         —         5,957  

Cash used in business acquisitions, net(1)(2)

    (806 )     (2,218,932 )     (19,025 )

Net cash flow from derivatives hedging assets

    (64,600 )     (34,696 )     (33,354 )

Proceeds from sales of discontinued businesses

    3,470       56,902       106,868  

Other

    (46,744 )     19,376       1,613  
                       

Net cash used in investing activities

  $ (8,422,032 )   $ (10,404,628 )   $ (6,253,479 )
                       

(1)

In 2006, cash used in business acquisitions was related to the BrownCo purchase price true-up based on the final acquisition balance sheet and acquisition of RAA.

(2)

In 2006, we acquired a small thrift for $2.1 million. Along with the acquisition we received $17.8 million in cash and cash equivalents.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

79


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

   $ 8,095,971     $ 3,668,914     $ (202,544 )

Advances from other long-term borrowings

     5,978,100       19,638,000       7,064,500  

Payments on advances from other long-term borrowings

     (4,969,100 )     (17,267,000 )     (6,472,753 )

Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (1,317,025 )     1,181,832       4,603,641  

Net increase (decrease) in other borrowed funds

     26,469       (12,151 )     (64,215 )

Payments for redemption of convertible notes

     (1,754 )     —         (428,902 )

Proceeds from issuance of senior notes

     —         992,064       394,000  

Proceeds from issuance of mandatory convertible notes

     —         436,500       —    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock from employee stock transactions

     52,718       61,351       43,974  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon acquisitions

     —         691,783       —    

Tax benefit from tax deductions in excess of compensation expense recognition

     30,166       24,530       22,441  

Repurchases of common stock

     (122,601 )     (58,215 )     (175,776 )

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures and trust preferred securities

     79,900       50,000       75,630  

Payments on trust preferred securities

     —         —         (23,375 )

Net cash flow from derivative hedging liabilities

     56,156       45,056       (159,591 )

Other

     —         (490 )     25  
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     7,909,000       9,452,174       4,677,055  
                        

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

     368,046       (95,718 )     18,542  

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS, Beginning of period

     844,188       939,906       921,364  
                        

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS, End of period

   $ 1,212,234     $ 844,188     $ 939,906  
                        

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,348,636     $ 723,718     $ 437,714  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 151,851     $ 206,494     $ 101,309  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Transfers from loans to other real estate owned and repossessed assets

   $ 56,476     $ 50,191     $ 47,080  

Reclassification of loans held-for-sale to loans held-for-investment

   $ 202,269     $ 178,347     $ —    

Issuance of common stock to retire debentures

   $ 183,411     $ —       $ 79,963  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

80


Table of Contents

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization—E*TRADE Financial Corporation (together with its subsidiaries, “E*TRADE” or the “Company”) is a global company offering a wide range of financial services to consumers under the brand “E*TRADE Financial.” The Company offers investing, trading, banking and lending products and services to its retail and institutional customers.

Basis of PresentationThe consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. Entities in which the Company holds at least a 20% ownership or in which there are other indicators of significant influence are generally accounted for by the equity method. Entities in which the Company holds less than 20% ownership and does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are generally carried at cost. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. The Company evaluates investments including joint ventures, low income housing tax credit partnerships and other limited partnerships to determine if the Company is required to consolidate the entities under the guidance of FASB interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities-an interpretation of ARB No. 51 (“FIN 46R”).

Certain prior period items in these consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. As discussed in Note 3—Discontinued Operations, the operations of certain businesses have been accounted for as discontinued operations in accordance with the SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. Accordingly, results of operations from prior periods have been reclassified to discontinued operations. Unless noted, discussions herein pertain to the Company’s continuing operations.

New Income Statement Reporting Format—During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company modified the format of our consolidated income statement to a format that we believe provides a clearer picture of our financial performance and is more consistent with the common presentation found in the financial services industry. We re-ordered the revenue section by placing net operating interest income, which we previously referred to as net interest income, first, and non-interest income second. In addition, we updated our expense presentation to eliminate the remaining bank/brokerage lines. In conjunction with this change, we created a new expense category, “Clearing and servicing.” This new category includes trade clearing-related expense, previously included in “Commissions, clearance and floor brokerage” and most expenses previously included in “Servicing and other banking expenses.” We also consolidated “Fair value adjustments of financial derivatives” into the “Other” expense category. Information related to fair value adjustments of financial derivatives is detailed in Note 9—Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities to the consolidated financial statements.

In particular, we report corporate interest income and expense separately from operating interest income and expense. We believe reporting these two items separately provides a clearer picture of the financial performance of our operations than would a presentation that combined these two items. Our operating interest income and expense is generated from the operations of the Company and is a broad indicator of our success in our banking, lending and balance sheet management businesses. Our corporate debt, which is the primary source of the corporate interest expense has been used primarily to finance acquisitions, such as Harrisdirect and BrownCo and generally has not been downstreamed to any of our operating subsidiaries.

Similarly, we report gain on sales and impairment of investments separately from gain on sales of loans and securities, net. We believe reporting these two items separately provides a clearer picture of the financial performance of our operations than would a presentation that combined these two items. Gain on sales of loans and securities, net are the result of activities in our operations, namely our lending and balance sheet

 

81


Table of Contents

management businesses. Gain on sales and impairment of investments relates primarily to historical equity investments of the Company at the corporate level and are not related to the ongoing business of our operating subsidiaries.

New Balance Sheet Reporting Format—We re-aligned our balance sheet to consolidate several categories and to change the name of “Other borrowings by Bank subsidiary” to “Other borrowings.” Other borrowings include non-Bank subsidiary term notes, previously classified in “Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities.” Categories consolidated include the following:

 

   

“Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock” was added to “Available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities”;

 

   

“Derivative assets” and “Accrued interest receivable” were added to “Other assets”; and

 

   

“Derivative liabilities” was added to “Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities.”

These categories were consolidated with other similar items in our balance sheet presentation. The notes to our consolidated financial statements include detailed derivative asset and liability information.

Use of Estimates—The financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and related notes for the periods presented. Actual results could differ from management’s estimates. Material estimates in which management believes near-term changes could reasonably occur include allowance for loan losses and uncollectible margin receivables; classification and valuation of certain investments; valuation and accounting for financial derivatives; estimates of effective tax rates; deferred taxes and valuation allowances; valuation of goodwill and other intangibles; and valuation and expensing of share-based payments.

Financial Statement Descriptions and Related Accounting Policies—Below are descriptions and accounting policies for the Company’s financial statement categories.

Cash and Equivalents—For the purpose of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with original or remaining maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase that are not required to be segregated under Federal or other regulations to be cash equivalents. Cash and equivalents are composed of interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing deposits, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, funds due from banks and Federal funds. Cash and equivalents included $4.9 million and $7.1 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, of overnight cash deposits that the Company is required to maintain with the Federal Reserve Bank.

Cash and Investments Required to be Segregated Under Federal or Other Regulations—Cash and investments required to be segregated under Federal or other regulations consist primarily of interest-bearing cash accounts. Certain cash balances, related to collateralized financing transactions by our brokerage subsidiaries, are required to be segregated for the exclusive benefit of our brokerage customers.

Trading Securities—Certain trading securities and financial derivative instruments, that are not designated for hedge accounting, are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term and are carried at estimated fair value based on quoted market prices. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities classified as trading held by the Bank are included in the gain on sales of loans and securities, net line item and are derived using the specific identification cost method. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading securities held by broker-dealers are recorded in the principal transactions line item and are also derived by the specific identification method.

Available-for-Sale Mortgage-Backed and Investment Securities—The Company classified its debt, mortgage-backed securities and marketable equity securities as either trading or available-for-sale. None of the Company’s mortgage-backed or investment securities were classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 2006 or 2005.

 

82


Table of Contents

Available-for-sale securities consist of mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, publicly traded equity securities, investment in FHLB stock, retained interests from securitizations and other debt securities. Securities classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), net of tax. Fair value is based on quoted market prices, when available. For illiquid securities, fair value is estimated by obtaining market price quotes on similar liquid securities and adjusting the price to reflect differences between the two securities, such as credit risk, liquidity, term, coupon, payment characteristics and other information. Realized and unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities, except for publicly traded equity securities, are computed using the specific identification cost method. Amortization or accretion of premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the life of the security. Realized and unrealized gains or losses on publicly traded equity securities are computed using the average cost method. Realized gains and losses and declines in fair value judged to be other-than-temporary are included in gain on sales of loans and securities, net; other amounts relating to corporate investments are included in gain on sales and impairment of investments. Interest earned is included in interest income for banking operations or corporate interest income for corporate investments.

The Company regularly analyzes certain available-for-sale investments for other-than-temporary impairment when the fair value of the investment is lower than its book value. The Company’s methodology for determining impairment involves projecting cash flows relating to each investment and using assumptions as to future prepayment speeds, losses and loss severities over the life of the underlying collateral pool. Assumptions about future performance are derived from actual performance to date and the Company’s view on how the collateral will perform in the future. In projecting future performance, the Company incorporates the views of industry analysts, rating agencies and the management of the issuer, along with its own independent analysis of the issuer of the securities, the servicer, the economy and the relevant sector as a whole. If the Company determines impairment is other-than-temporary, it reduces the recorded book value of the investment by the amount of the impairment and recognizes a realized loss on the investment. The Company does not, however, adjust the recorded book value for declines in fair value that it believes are temporary. Management continues to monitor and evaluate these securities closely for impairment that is other-than-temporary.

Mortgage- and asset-backed securities that both have an unrealized loss and are rated below “AA” by at least half of the agencies that rate the securities, as well as interest-only securities that have unrealized losses, are evaluated for impairment in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets. Accordingly, when the present value of a security’s anticipated cash flows declines below the last periodic estimate, the Company recognizes an impairment charge in the gain on sales of loans and securities, net line item in the consolidated statement of income.

Asset Securitization and Retained Interests—An asset securitization involves the transfer of financial assets to another entity in exchange for cash and/or beneficial interests in the assets transferred. Asset transfers in which the Company surrenders control over the financial assets are accounted for as sales to the extent that consideration, other than beneficial interests in the transferred assets, is received in the exchange in accordance with SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. The carrying amount of the assets transferred is allocated between the assets sold in these transactions and the retained beneficial interests, based on their relative fair values at the date of the transfer. The Company records gains or losses for the difference between the allocated carrying amount of the assets sold and the net cash proceeds received. These gains or losses are recorded in the gain on sales of loans and securities, net line item in the consolidated statement of income. Fair value is determined based on quoted market prices, if available. Generally, quoted market prices are not available for beneficial interests; therefore, the Company estimates the fair value based on the present value of the associated expected future cash flows. In determining the present value of the associated expected future cash flows, management is required to make estimates and assumptions. Key estimates and assumptions include future default rates, credit losses, discount rates, prepayment speeds and collateral repayment rates. Retained beneficial interests are accounted for in accordance

 

83


Table of Contents

with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and EITF 99-20 and are included in the available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities in the consolidated balance sheet.

Loans Held-for-Sale—Loans held-for-sale consist of mortgages acquired and loans originated by the Company that are intended for sale in the secondary market. These loans are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, as determined on an aggregate basis, based on quoted market price for loans with similar characteristics. Net unrealized losses are recognized in a valuation allowance by charges to income. Premiums and discounts on loans held-for-sale are deferred and recognized as part of gain (loss) on sales of loans held-for-sale and are not accreted or amortized.

Brokerage Receivables, Net and Payables—Brokerage receivables, net represent credit extended to customers to finance their purchases of securities by borrowing against securities they currently own, as well as commission receivables from customers upon settlement of their trades. Receivables from non-customers represent credit extended to principal officers and directors of the Company to finance their purchase of securities by borrowing against securities owned by them. Brokerage receivables are recorded net of allowance for doubtful accounts. Securities owned by customers and non-customers are held as collateral for amounts due on brokerage receivables, the value of which is not reflected in the consolidated balance sheet. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to enter into securities lending transactions, to collateralize borrowings or for delivery to counterparties to cover customer short positions. Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations result from the Company’s stock borrowing activities.

Brokerage payables include payables to customers, non-customers, brokers, dealers and clearing organizations. Brokerage payables to customers and non-customers represent credit balances in customer accounts arising from deposits of funds and sales of securities, also referred to as free credit balances, and other funds pending completion of securities transactions. The Company pays interest on certain free credit balances. Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations also result from the Company’s stock lending activities.

Deposits paid for securities borrowed and deposits received for securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received, which are included in brokerage receivables, net and brokerage payables, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheet. Deposits paid for securities borrowed transactions require the Company to deposit cash with the counterparty. This cash is included in cash and investments required to be segregated under federal or other regulations. With respect to deposits received for securities loaned, the Company receives collateral in the form of cash in an amount generally in excess of the market value of the securities loaned. Interest income and interest expense are recorded on an accrual basis. The Company monitors the market value of the securities borrowed and loaned on a daily basis, with additional collateral obtained or refunded, as necessary.

Loans Receivable, Net—Loans receivable, net consists of real estate and consumer loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity. These loans are carried at amortized cost adjusted for charge-offs, net allowance for loan losses, deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net fee or cost is recognized in interest income using the interest method over the contractual life of the loans. Premiums and discounts on purchased loans are amortized or accreted into income using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity and adjusted for actual prepayments. The Company classifies loans as nonperforming when full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain or when they are 90 days past due. Interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against current income when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status and is considered nonperforming. Accretion of deferred fees is discontinued for nonperforming loans. Payments received on nonperforming loans are recognized as interest income when the loan is considered collectible and applied to principal when it is doubtful that full payment will be collected. Real estate loans are generally charged off to the extent that the carrying value of the loan exceeds the estimated net realizable value of the underlying collateral at the time of repossession. HELOCs are

 

84


Table of Contents

charged-off when the loan becomes 180 days past due. Consumer loans are charged off to the extent that the carrying value of the loan exceeds the estimated net realizable value of the underlying collateral when the loan becomes 120 days past due.

Allowance for Loan Losses—The allowance for loan losses is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The estimate of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including the composition and quality of the portfolio, delinquency levels and trends, expected losses for the next twelve months, current and historical charge-off and loss experience, current industry charge-off and loss experience, the condition of the real estate market and geographic concentrations within the loan portfolio, the interest rate climate as it affects adjustable-rate loans and general economic conditions. Determining the adequacy of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods. In general, the allowance for loan losses should be at least equal to twelve months of projected losses for all loan types. Management believes this level is representative of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Loan losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan losses.

Property and Equipment, Net—Property and equipment are carried at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, generally three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their estimated useful lives or lease terms. Buildings are depreciated over forty years. Land is carried at cost. Technology development costs are charged to operations as incurred. Technology development costs include costs incurred in the development and enhancement of software used in connection with services provided by the Company that do not otherwise qualify for capitalization treatment as internally developed software costs in accordance with Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.

In accordance with SOP 98-1, the cost of internally developed software is capitalized and included in property and equipment at the point at which the conceptual formulation, design and testing of possible software project alternatives are complete and management authorizes and commits to funding the project. The Company does not capitalize pilot projects and projects where it believes that future economic benefits are less than probable. Internally developed software costs include the cost of software tools and licenses used in the development of the Company’s systems, as well as payroll and consulting costs.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Net—Goodwill and other intangibles, net represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets acquired through the Company’s business combinations. The Company tests goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment on at least an annual basis or when certain events occur. The Company evaluates the remaining useful lives of other intangible assets each reporting period to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization.

Servicing Rights—Servicing assets are recognized when the Company sells a loan and retains the related servicing rights. The servicing rights are initially recorded at their allocated cost basis based on the relative fair value of the loan sold and the servicing rights are retained at the date of the sale in accordance with SFAS No. 140. The fair value of the servicing retained is estimated based on market quotes for similar servicing assets. Servicing assets are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. The Company measures impairment by stratifying the servicing assets based on the characteristics of the underlying loans and by interest rates. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for each stratum. The valuation allowance is adjusted to reflect the excess of the servicing assets’ cost basis for a given stratum over its fair value. Any fair value in excess of the cost basis of servicing assets for a given stratum is not recognized. The Company estimates the fair value of each stratum based on an industry standard present value of cash flows model. The Company recognizes both amortization of servicing rights and impairment charges in service charges and fees in the consolidated statement of income. Servicing assets are included in the other assets line item in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

85


Table of Contents

Real Estate Owned and Repossessed Assets—Included in the other assets line item in the consolidated balance sheet is real estate acquired through foreclosure and repossessed consumer assets. Real estate properties acquired through foreclosures, commonly referred to as REO and repossessed assets, are recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs at acquisition.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which prescribes the use of the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax asset or liability account balances are calculated at the balance sheet date using current tax laws and rates in effect. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a portion or all of a given deferred tax asset will not be realized. In accordance with SFAS No. 109, income tax expense includes (i) deferred tax expense, which generally represents the net change in the deferred tax asset or liability balance during the year plus any change in valuation allowances and (ii) current tax expense, which represents the amount of tax currently payable to or receivable from a taxing authority plus amounts accrued for expected tax deficiencies (including both tax and interest). Accruals for expected tax deficiencies are recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies, when management determines that a tax deficiency is both probable and reasonably estimable.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase—Securities sold under agreements to repurchase similar securities, also known as repurchase agreements, are collateralized by fixed- and variable-rate mortgage-backed securities or investment grade securities. Repurchase Agreements are treated as financings for financial statement purposes and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as such in the consolidated balance sheet.

Mandatory Convertible Debt—The Company accounts for its mandatory convertible debt by allocating the proceeds using the relative fair value of the stock purchase contracts and the debt securities on the date of issuance. The issue costs are deferred and allocated to the debt securities and the stock purchase contracts based on their relative fair values at issuance date. The portion of issuance costs allocated to the debt is amortized over the life of the debt using the interest method.

The value of the stock purchase contracts is included in equity based on the requirements of SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity, and EITF Issue No. 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock. The Company evaluated the mandatory convertible debt under SFAS No. 150 and EITF No. 00-19. In order for the stock purchase contracts to be included in equity, the following statements must be met.

 

   

The obligation settlement amount is not based on a fixed monetary amount known at inception;

 

   

The stock purchase commitment is based on the fair value of the issuer’s equity shares;

 

   

The Company could not be required to net cash settle the stock purchase contract;

 

   

The Company has sufficient authorized and unissued shares available to settle the stock purchase contract; and

 

   

There is an explicit limit on the number of shares of common stock required to be delivered under the stock purchase contract.

Based on the Company’s review of the above criterion and other relevant technical requirements, the stock purchase contracts are included in equity.

Foreign Currency Translation—Assets and liabilities of consolidated subsidiaries outside of the United States are translated into U.S. dollars, the functional currency of the Company, using the exchange rate in effect at each period end. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments arising from differences in exchange rates from period to period are deferred and included in AOCI as the functional currency of our subsidiaries is their local currency.

 

86


Table of Contents

Currency transaction gains or losses, derived on monetary assets and liabilities stated in a currency other than the functional currency, are recognized in current operations and have not been significant to the Company’s operating results in any period.

Advertising and Market Development—Advertising production costs are expensed when the initial advertisement is run. Costs of print advertising are expensed as the services are received.

Share-Based Payments—Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment, using the modified prospective application method to account for its share-based compensation plans. On November 10, 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 123(R)-3—Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards, which the Company has elected to adopt. This allows the Company to use the alternative transition method provided for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R).

Under this transition method, compensation cost in 2006 and 2005 includes the portion of options and awards vesting in the period for (1) all share-based payments granted prior to but not vested as of July 1, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation and (2) all share-based payments granted subsequent to July 1, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). Compensation cost for options granted prior to July 1, 2005 is recognized on an accelerated amortization method over the vesting period of the options using an estimated forfeiture rate. Compensation cost for options granted on or after July 1, 2005 is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period using an estimated forfeiture rate.

Upon adoption, the Company began expensing options as compensation and benefits with a one-time pre-tax credit of $2.8 million in cumulative effect of accounting change related to estimated forfeitures on restricted stock awards. Results for prior periods have not been restated. Prior to July 1, 2005, the Company accounted for its employee stock options and awards under Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations, and accordingly, did not record compensation costs for option grants to employees if the exercise price equaled the fair market value on the grant date. Additionally, for restricted stock awards, compensation was recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the awards with forfeitures recorded as they occurred.

The following table illustrates the effect on the Company’s reported net income and net income per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based employee compensation in periods prior to July 1, 2005 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004  

Net income, as reported

   $ 430,412     $ 380,483  

Add back: Stock-based employee compensation expense, net of tax included in reported net income, net of tax

     11,356       3,081  

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards, net of tax

     (18,733 )     (22,640 )
                

Pro forma net income

   $ 423,035     $ 360,924  
                

Income per share:

    

Basic—as reported

   $ 1.16     $ 1.04  
                

Basic—pro forma

   $ 1.14     $ 0.98  
                

Diluted—as reported

   $ 1.12     $ 0.99  
                

Diluted—pro forma

   $ 1.10     $ 0.94  
                

The underlying assumptions to these fair value calculations are discussed in Note 22—Employee Share-Based Payments and Other Benefits.

 

87


Table of Contents

Comprehensive Income—The Company’s comprehensive income is comprised of net income, foreign currency cumulative translation adjustments, unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities and the effective portion of the unrealized gains (losses) on financial derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships, net of reclassification adjustments and related taxes.

Earnings Per Share—Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The mandatory convertible notes, as discussed in Note 17–Corporate Debt, will be reflected in diluted earnings per share calculations using the treasury stock method as defined by SFAS No. 128, Earning per Share. Under this method, the number of shares of common stock used in calculating diluted earnings per share (based on the settlement formula applied at the end of the reporting period) is deemed to be increased by the excess, if any, of the number of shares that would be issued upon settlement of the purchase contracts less the number of shares that could be purchased by the Company in the market at the average market price during the period using the proceeds to be received upon settlement.

Financial Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—The Company enters into derivative transactions to protect against the risk of market price or interest rate movements on the value of certain assets, liabilities and future cash flows. The Company must also recognize certain contracts and commitments as derivatives when the characteristics of those contracts and commitments meet the definition of a derivative promulgated by SFAS No. 133, as amended.

Each derivative is recorded on the balance sheet at fair value as a freestanding asset or liability. Financial derivative instruments in hedging relationships that mitigate exposure to changes in the fair value of assets or liabilities are considered fair value hedges under SFAS No. 133, as amended. Financial derivative instruments designated in hedging relationships that mitigate the exposure to the variability in expected future cash flows or other forecasted transactions are considered cash flow hedges. The Company formally documents at inception all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items and the risk management objective and strategy for each hedge transaction.

Fair value hedges are accounted for by recording the fair value of the financial derivative instrument and the change in fair value of the asset or liability being hedged on the consolidated balance sheet with the net difference, or hedge ineffectiveness, reported as fair value adjustments of financial derivatives in other expense excluding interest in the consolidated statement of income. Cash payments or receipts and related accruals during the reporting period on derivatives included in fair value hedge relationships are recorded as an adjustment to interest income on the hedged asset or liability. If a financial derivative in a fair value hedging relationship is no longer effective, de-designated from its hedging relationship or terminated, the Company discontinues fair value hedge accounting for the derivative and the hedged item. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments no longer designated in an accounting hedge relationship are recorded in gain on sales of loans and securities, net, in the consolidated statement of income. The accumulated adjustment of the carrying amount of the hedged interest-earning asset or liability is recognized in earnings as an adjustment to interest income over the expected remaining life of the asset using the effective interest method.

Cash flow hedges are accounted for by recording the fair value of the financial derivative instrument as either a freestanding asset or a freestanding liability in the consolidated balance sheet, with the effective portion of the change in fair value of the financial derivative recorded in AOCI, net of tax in the consolidated balance sheet. Amounts are then included in interest expense as a yield adjustment in the same period the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the financial derivative is reported as fair value adjustments of financial derivatives in other expense excluding interest in the consolidated statement of income. If it becomes probable that a hedged forecasted transaction will not occur, amounts included in AOCI related to the specific hedging instruments are reported as gain on sales of loans and securities, net in the consolidated statement of income. Derivative gains and losses that are not held as

 

88


Table of Contents

accounting hedges are recognized as gain on sales of loans and securities, net in the consolidated statement of income as these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133, as amended. If a financial derivative ceases to be highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively and the financial derivative instrument continues to be recorded at fair value with changes in fair value being reported in the gain on sales of loans and securities, net line item in the consolidated statement of income.

Revenue Recognition

Operating Interest Income—Operating interest income is recognized as earned on interest-earning assets, customer margin receivable balances, stock borrow balances, cash required to be segregated under regulatory guidelines and fees on customer assets invested in money market funds. Operating interest income includes the effect of hedges on interest-earning assets.

Operating Interest Expense—Operating interest expense is recognized as incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, customer credit balances, interest paid to banks and interest paid to other broker-dealers through a subsidiary’s stock loan program. Operating interest expense includes the effect of hedges on interest-bearing liabilities.

Commission—The Company derives commission revenue from its retail and institutional customers. Commission revenue from securities transactions are recognized on a trade date basis. The Company receives commissions for providing certain institutional customers with market research and other information, which is a common industry practice. This type of commission revenue contributed less than 10% of the Company’s net revenues for all periods presented. Direct costs from these arrangements are expensed as the commissions are received, in proportion to the cost of the total arrangement. As a result, payments for independent research are deferred or accrued to properly match expenses at the time commission revenue is earned. For these arrangements, payments for independent research of $5.2 million were deferred and costs of $16.6 million were accrued at December 31, 2006 and payments of $6.0 million were deferred and costs of $19.4 million were accrued at December 31, 2005.

Service Charges and Fees—Service charges and fees consist of account maintenance fees, servicing fee income and other customer service fees. Account maintenance fees are charged to the customer either quarterly or annually and are accrued as earned.

Principal Transactions—Principal transactions consist primarily of revenue from market-making activities. Market-making activities are the matching of buyers and sellers of securities and include transactions where the Company will purchase securities for its balance sheet with the intention of resale to transact the customer’s buy or sell order.

Gain on Sales of Loans and Securities, Net—Gain on sales of originated loans are recognized at the date of settlement and are based on the difference between the cash received and the carrying value of the related loans sold, less related transaction costs. In cases where the Company retains the servicing rights associated with loans sold, the gain recognized is the difference between cash received and the allocated basis of the loans sold, less the related transaction costs. In accordance with SFAS No. 140, the allocated basis of the loans, which is determined at the sale date, is the result of the allocation of basis between the loans sold and the associated servicing right, based on the relative fair values of the loans at the date of transfer.

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net includes gains or losses resulting from sales of loans purchased for resale; the sale or impairment of available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities; and gains or losses on financial derivatives that are not accounted for as hedging instruments under SFAS No. 133, as amended. Gains or losses resulting from the sale of loans are recognized at the date of settlement and are based on the difference between the cash received and the carrying value of the related loans, less related transaction costs. Nonrefundable fees and direct costs associated with the origination of mortgage loans are deferred and

 

89


Table of Contents

recognized when the related loans are sold. Gains or losses resulting from the sale of available-for-sale securities are recognized at the trade date, based on the difference between the anticipated proceeds and the amortized cost of the specific securities sold.

Other Revenue—Other revenue consists of stock plan administration services, payments for order flow from third party market makers and foreign exchange margin revenue. Stock plan administration services are recognized in accordance with applicable accounting guidance, including SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition. Payments for order flow revenues are accrued in the same period in which the related securities transactions are completed or related services are rendered.

New Accounting Standards—Below are the new accounting pronouncements that relate to activities in which the Company is engaged.

SFAS No. 155—Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments, an amendment of SFAS No. 133, as amended, and SFAS No. 140. This statement establishes, among other things, the accounting for certain derivatives embedded in other financial instruments, which are referred to as hybrid financial instruments. The statement simplifies accounting for certain hybrid financial instruments by permitting fair value re-measurement for any hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation. The statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, or January 1, 2007 for the Company. The Company will adopt this statement on January 1, 2007 and the impact is not expected to be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

SFAS No. 156—Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets

In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment of SFAS No. 140. This statement establishes, among other things, the accounting for all separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities. This statement amends SFAS No. 140 to require that all separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities be initially measured at fair value. An entity that uses derivative instruments to mitigate the risk inherent in servicing assets and liabilities may carry servicing assets and liabilities at fair value. The statement is effective at the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, or January 1, 2007 for the Company. The Company will adopt this statement on January 1, 2007 and the impact is not expected to be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

SFAS No. 157—Fair Value Measurements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This statement establishes, among other things, a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements as they relate to fair value measurements. The statement is effective at the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007 or January 1, 2008 for the Company. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

SFAS No. 159—The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This Statement provides an option under which a company may irrevocably elect fair value as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for certain financial assets and liabilities. This fair value option will be available on a contract-by-contract basis with changes in fair value recognized in earnings as those changes occur. The statement is effective at the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007 or January 1, 2008 for the Company. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

90


Table of Contents

FIN No. 48—Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement 109

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (“FIN 48”) which will become effective for the Company on January 1, 2007. The cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48 will be recorded as a change to opening retained earnings in the first quarter of 2007. The interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We have not yet completed our analysis of the impact that FIN 48 will have on the Company.

Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108—Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements

In September 2006, the SEC issued SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. This bulletin states that a company should evaluate the impact of all misstatements under both the “rollover” and “iron curtain” methods. The statement is effective at the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006, or December 31, 2006 for the Company. The adoption of this bulletin did not have a material impact to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

NOTE 2—BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Over the past three years, the Company completed several business combinations and asset acquisitions which were all accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. The purchase prices have been allocated to the net assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. For certain acquisitions, the consolidated financial statements reflect preliminary allocations of purchase price, as appraisals of the net assets acquired have not been finalized. The Company does not expect changes in the preliminary allocations from the finalization of these appraisals to be material to its consolidated statement of income. The results of operations of each are included in the Company’s consolidated statement of income from the date of each acquisition.

2006 Acquisitions

Retirement Advisors of America

On August 1, 2006, the Company completed its acquisition of RAA, a Dallas, Texas-based investment advisor managing over $1 billion in assets. We believe this acquisition strengthens our regional advisor business, which delivers localized wealth management services and advice to retail clients with a minimum of $250,000 in assets. The aggregate purchase price of approximately $24.9 million included $19.8 million, or 0.8 million shares, in common stock issued and $5.1 million in cash. At acquisition, the purchase price included approximately $0.1 million in net assets acquired, $9.5 million in customer list and other intangibles and $1.6 million held in escrow, with the remaining $13.7 million recorded as goodwill. As of December 31, 2006, approximately $1.3 million of the purchase price remained in escrow. The intangible assets will be amortized over approximately 18 years on an accelerated basis.

2005 Acquisitions

Consistent with our strategy to grow through both strategic acquisitions and organic growth, we completed four acquisitions in 2005.

BrownCo

On November 30, 2005, the Company completed its acquisition of BrownCo, an online discount brokerage business with approximately 186,000 customer accounts, from JP Morgan Chase & Co. for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1,629.7 million in cash including $691.8 million, or 39.7 million shares, in common stock issued. At acquisition, the purchase price included approximately $306.6 million in net assets

 

91


Table of Contents

acquired, $269.7 million in customer list and noncompete intangibles, $9.0 million in contracts and employee termination liabilities, with the remaining $1,062.4 million recorded as goodwill. Regulatory capital of $294.5 million was included in the purchase price. The intangible assets will be amortized over approximately 21 years on an accelerated basis.

Harrisdirect

On October 6, 2005, the Company completed its acquisition of Harrisdirect, a U.S.-based online discount brokerage business with approximately 425,000 customer accounts, from BMO Financial Group for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $709.0 million in cash. At acquisition, the purchase price included approximately $22.3 million in net assets acquired, $156.4 million in customer list and noncompete intangibles, $11.1 million in contract and employee termination liabilities, with the remaining $541.4 million recorded as goodwill. Regulatory capital of $16.0 million was included in the purchase price. The intangible assets will be amortized over approximately 19 years on an accelerated basis.

Wealth Management Advisors

The Company acquired Kobren on November 2, 2005 and Howard Capital on January 1, 2005. Both companies are registered investment advisory firms. At acquisition, the companies combined had over $1.5 billion in assets under management. The Company recorded $24.6 million of intangible assets and $7.6 million of goodwill related to the acquisitions. The intangible assets will be amortized over approximately 20 years on an accelerated basis. In accordance with the terms of the acquisitions, the Company may pay additional cash and stock if certain revenue and earnings targets are met. The Company estimates it will pay an additional $33.0 million related to these milestones, based on the most current projections.

2004 Acquisitions

Active Accounts

In keeping with our strategy to grow through both strategic acquisitions and organic growth, in October 2004 the Company acquired certain active accounts from a brokerage company. At acquisition, the Company paid $17.0 million in cash and recorded an intangible asset of $17.0 million which will be amortized over approximately 10 years on an accelerated basis.

NOTE 3—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

In 2006, the Company completed the sale of E*TRADE Professional Trading, LLC. In 2005, the Company sold its Consumer Finance Corporation and exited the institutional proprietary trading business conducted by E*TRADE Professional Securities, LLC. In 2004, the Company completed the sale of substantially all of the assets and liabilities of E*TRADE Access, the company that previously owned its ATM network. All of these transactions, except Consumer Finance Corporation’s servicing operations, were accounted for as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

Below is a table summarizing the gains (losses), net of taxes, resulting from the sale and closure of discontinued operations (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2006    2005     2004

E*TRADE Professional(1)

   $ 2,593    $ (2,421 )   $ —  

Consumer Finance Corporation-origination business(2)(3)

     173      6,444       —  

E*TRADE Access(2)

     —        —         31,408
                     

Gain, net of tax, on disposal of discontinued operations

   $ 2,766    $ 4,023     $ 31,408
                     

(1)

The sale of E*TRADE Professional Trading, LLC and the exit of the institutional proprietary trading business conducted by E*TRADE Professional Securities, LLC were included in the results of the institutional segment.

(2)

The sales of Consumer Finance Corporation and E*TRADE Access were included in the results of the retail segment.

(3)

The gain on the servicing business, which was not accounted for as a discontinued operation, is recorded in facility restructuring and other exit activities.

 

92


Table of Contents

E*TRADE Professional Securities, LLC and E*TRADE Professional Trading, LLC

In May 2005, the Company closed E*TRADE Professional Securities, LLC, a unit that conducted proprietary trading operations. This closure resulted in a $2.4 million loss, net of tax, on disposal of discontinued operations, which included employee terminations, facility closure and impairment of goodwill and other intangibles. In December 2005, the Company decided to sell its professional agency business, E*TRADE Professional Trading, LLC. The Company executed and settled this transaction during the year ended December 31, 2006 and recorded approximately $2.6 million in gain, net of tax, on the sale.

The Company does not have significant continuing involvement in the operations of either its proprietary trading or its professional agency businesses and does not continue any significant revenue-producing or cost-generating activities of these businesses. Therefore, the Company’s results of operations, net of income taxes, include these businesses as discontinued operations on the Company’s consolidated statement of income for all periods presented.

The following table summarizes the results of discontinued operations for the proprietary and agency trading businesses (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Net revenue

   $ 5,526     $ 21,408     $ 50,962  
                        

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (1,181 )   $ (11,103 )   $ (13,851 )

Income tax benefit

     (460 )     (3,784 )     (4,499 )
                        

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (721 )   $ (7,319 )   $ (9,352 )
                        

Consumer Finance Corporation

In October 2005, the Company completed the sale of the servicing and origination businesses of Consumer Finance Corporation. The exit of the servicing business did not qualify as a discontinued operation; however, the origination business did qualify as a discontinued operation. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $46.1 million upon close, $35.5 million relating to the servicing business and $10.6 million ($6.4 million, net of tax), relating to the origination business. In September 2006, the Company finalized certain post sale contingencies with the purchaser which resulted in a $0.2 million gain, net of tax.

The Company has not had significant continuing involvement in the operations of the servicing business but continues to have significant cost-generating activities in the form of a servicing agreement. As such, the servicing business does not qualify as a discontinued operation. The Company does not have significant continuing involvement in the operations of the origination business and does not continue any significant revenue-producing or cost-generating activities of the origination business. Therefore, the results of operations, net of income taxes, of this origination business are presented as discontinued operations on the Company’s consolidated statement of income for all periods presented.

The following table summarizes the results of discontinued operations for the origination business (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004  

Net loss

   $ (7,750 )   $ (5,898 )
                

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (22,959 )   $ (36,630 )

Income tax benefit

     (8,783 )     (15,082 )
                

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (14,176 )   $ (21,548 )
                

 

93


Table of Contents

E*TRADE Access

In 2004, the Company completed the sale of substantially all of the assets and liabilities of E*TRADE Access to Cardtronics, LP and Cardtronics, Inc. Although the Company believes that an ATM network is an important distribution channel for its customers, it determined that its continued ownership and direct operation of the ATM network was not essential to providing this customer benefit and that the capital it had invested in this endeavor could be better applied to other operations.

The sale resulted in a $57.5 million pre-tax gain ($31.4 million, net of tax). As part of the sales agreement, Cardtronics assumed substantially all of the liabilities of E*TRADE Access. The Company has reflected E*TRADE Access’ results of operations, financial position and cash flows as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statement for all periods presented.

The following table summarizes the results of discontinued operations of the ATM business (dollars in thousands):

 

    

Year Ended

December 31, 2004

 

Net revenue

   $ 20,029  
        

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (3,085 )

Income tax benefit

     (1,230 )
        

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (1,855 )
        

NOTE 4—FACILITY RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER EXIT ACTIVITIES

The Company periodically evaluates and adjusts its estimated costs associated with its restructuring plans and other exit activities. Restructuring liabilities are included in accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The following table summarizes the expense recognized by the Company as facility restructuring and other exit activities for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

2003 Restructuring Plan

   $ (963 )   $ 2,002     $ 1,857  

2001 Restructuring Plan

     (367 )     1,096       (800 )

Exit of Consumer Finance Corporation—servicing business

     —         (35,496 )     —    

Israel exit activities

     —         —         14,500  

Other exit activities

     29,867       2,381       131  
                        

Total facility restructuring and other exit activities

   $ 28,537     $ (30,017 )   $ 15,688  
                        

Exit of Consumer Finance Business

On October 31, 2005, the Company’s retail segment completed the sale of the servicing and origination businesses of Consumer Finance Corporation to GE Capital resulting in a pre-tax gain of $46.1 million. The pre-tax gain from the servicing business of $35.5 million is reflected in other exit activity as the servicing business was not deemed to be a discontinued operation. (See Note 3—Discontinued Operations for additional information).

Israel Exit Activity

The Company terminated the trademark and technology license of an Israeli-based company in 2002 due to failure to perform obligations and commenced arbitration proceedings. The Israeli company counterclaimed for wrongful termination. During 2004, an arbitration tribunal in London decided against the Company and as a result, the Company recognized $14.5 million in exit activities for 2004.

 

94


Table of Contents

2003 Restructuring Plan

In April 2003, the Company announced a restructuring plan (“2003 Restructuring Plan”) exiting and consolidating leased facilities and exiting and disposing of certain unprofitable product offerings and initiatives. The original 2003 facility consolidation charge primarily related to charges to exit the E*TRADE FINANCIAL Center in New York and consolidation of excess facilities located in Menlo Park and Rancho Cordova, California. The E*TRADE FINANCIAL Center in New York, encompassing approximately 31,000 square feet, was used by customers to access the Company’s products and services and served as an introduction point for new customers to the Company’s products and services. The Company exited this center as it was not cost effective to engage in these activities within a facility of its size, and subsequently, opened an approximately 2,000 square foot new center in New York that was more cost effective. The leased California facilities were used for corporate and administrative functions and were exited as the Company consolidated employees into nearby offices and moved certain functions to its offices in Virginia.

The other charges related to the exit or write-off of unprofitable product lines and the early termination of certain contracts, such as the revenue sharing agreements associated with 43 E*TRADE Zones located in Target stores. These unprofitable product lines consisted of our Stock Basket product offered to customers and our online advisory service, eAdvisor, a joint initiative with Enlight Holdings, LLC. The Company terminated its revenue sharing agreements associated with its Zones in Target stores to focus on other methods of reaching its current and potential customers.

In 2004, the Company completed its exit of the Enlight Holdings, LLC product offering resulting in adjustments to estimated costs associated with its exit. In 2006 and 2005, the Company made additional adjustments to previously estimated costs associated with the consolidation of facilities in California. The rollforward of the 2003 Restructuring Plan reserve is presented below (dollars in thousands):

 

    

Facility

Consolidation

    Other     Total  

Total 2003 Restructuring Reserve, originally recorded in 2003:

   $ 55,010     $ 57,960     $ 112,970  

Activity through December 31, 2004:

      

Adjustment and additional charges

     2,458       (601 )     1,857  

Cash payments

     (16,446 )     (18,618 )     (35,064 )

Non-cash charges

     (19,254 )     (38,370 )     (57,624 )
                        

Restructuring liabilities at December 31, 2004

     21,768       371       22,139  

Activity for the year ended December 31, 2005:

      

Adjustment and additional charges

     2,042       (40 )     2,002  

Cash payments

     (5,093 )     (331 )     (5,424 )
                        

Restructuring liabilities at December 31, 2005

     18,717       —         18,717  

Activity for the year ended December 31, 2006:

      

Adjustment and additional charges

     (963 )     —         (963 )

Cash payments

     (4,832 )     —         (4,832 )
                        

Total facility restructuring liabilities at December 31, 2006

   $ 12,922     $ —       $ 12,922  
                        

 

95


Table of Contents

2001 Restructuring Plan

In August 2001, the Company announced a restructuring plan (“2001 Restructuring Plan”) aimed at streamlining operations primarily by consolidating facilities in the United States and Europe. The restructuring was designed to consolidate certain facilities, bring together key decision-makers and streamline operations. The original 2001 restructuring charge related to facility consolidation represents the undiscounted value of ongoing lease commitments, offset by anticipated third-party sublease revenues, the write-off of capitalized software, hardware and other fixed assets and other costs. Subsequent to 2001, the Company recognized additional facility consolidation adjustments, as a result of updated estimates of sublease income and sublease start dates, driven by economic circumstances. The rollforward of the 2001 Restructuring Plan reserve is presented below (dollars in thousands):

 

    

Facility

Consolidation

   

Asset

Write-Off

    Other     Total  

Total 2001 Restructuring Reserve, originally recorded in 2001:

   $ 128,469     $ 52,532     $ 21,764     $ 202,765  

Activity through December 31, 2004:

        

Adjustment and additional charges

     21,404       2,072       3,499       26,975  

Cash payments

     (98,370 )     (67 )     (19,287 )     (117,724 )

Non-cash charges

     (41,263 )     (53,877 )     (5,810 )     (100,950 )
                                

Restructuring liabilities at December 31, 2004

     10,240       660       166       11,066  

Activity for the year ended December 31, 2005:

        

Adjustment and additional charges

     543       (220 )     773       1,096  

Cash payments

     (3,328 )     (440 )     (147 )     (3,915 )
                                

Restructuring liabilities at December 31, 2005

     7,455       —         792       8,247  

Activity for the year ended December 31, 2006:

        

Adjustment and additional charges

     (732 )     —         365       (367 )

Cash payments

     (2,030 )     —         (1,073 )     (3,103 )
                                

Total facility restructuring liabilities at December 31, 2006

   $ 4,693     $ —       $ 84     $ 4,777  
                                

Other Exit Activities

Toward the end of the second quarter of 2006, the Company decided to relocate certain functions out of the state of California. As a result, the Company incurred costs of $29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 related to severance costs for employees impacted by the facility closings and costs for exiting those facilities. Additionally, for the year ended December 31, 2006, other exit activities included severance costs associated with the outsourcing of certain clearing operations and costs related to the relocation of certain accounting functions. The total charge for this exit activity is expected to be between $30.0 million and $35.0 million, all of which will be recorded in the retail segment.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, other exit activities were primarily related to the liquidation of the E*TRADE Money Market Funds, partially offset by the revision of previous estimates of various exit activities. The liquidation costs primarily related to customer notification, severance and reimbursement of losses taken on sales of securities.

 

96


Table of Contents

Facility Consolidation Obligations

The components of the facility consolidation restructuring liabilities for the 2003 and 2001 Restructuring Plans and other exit activities at December 31, 2006, and their timing are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Facilities
Obligations
   Sublease Income     Discounted
Rents and
Sublease
    Net

Years ending December 31,

      Contracted     Estimate      

2007

   $ 16,339    $ (2,559 )   $ (938 )   $ (1,099 )   $ 11,743

2008

     10,822      (1,982 )     (2,698 )     (600 )     5,542

2009

     9,564      (1,441 )     (2,720 )     (344 )     5,059

2010

     6,061      (882 )     (2,090 )     (77 )     3,012

2011

     456      (385 )     —         —         71

Thereafter

     465      (397 )     —         —         68
                                     

Total future facility consolidation obligations

   $ 43,707    $ (7,646 )   $ (8,446 )   $ (2,120 )   $ 25,495
                                     

NOTE 5—OPERATING INTEREST INCOME AND OPERATING INTEREST EXPENSE

The following table shows the components of operating interest income and operating interest expense (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2006    2005    2004

Operating interest income:

        

Loans, net

   $ 1,364,873    $ 828,717    $ 490,550

Mortgage-backed and investment securities

     764,798      531,300      451,876

Margin receivables

     474,500      159,442      116,533

Other

     170,508      130,805      86,638
                    

Total operating interest income

     2,774,679      1,650,264      1,145,597
                    

Operating interest expense:

        

Deposits

     531,217      232,312      182,680

Other borrowings

     843,430      546,852      327,775
                    

Total operating interest expense

     1,374,647      779,164      510,455
                    

Net operating interest income

   $ 1,400,032    $ 871,100    $ 635,142
                    

 

97


Table of Contents

NOTE 6—AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE MORTGAGE-BACKED AND INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The amortized cost basis and estimated fair values of available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities are shown in the following tables (dollars in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Values

December 31, 2006:

          

Mortgage-backed securities:

          

Backed by U.S. Government sponsored and Federal agencies

   $ 9,375,444    $ 688    $ (266,825 )   $ 9,109,307

Collateralized mortgage obligations and other

     1,127,650      296      (19,561 )     1,108,385
                            

Total mortgage-backed securities

     10,503,094      984      (286,386 )     10,217,692
                            

Investment securities:

          

Debt securities:

          

Asset-backed securities

     2,163,538      9,929      (11,739 )     2,161,728

Municipal bonds

     620,261      13,316      (830 )     632,747

Corporate bonds

     105,692      481      (1,655 )     104,518

Other debt securities

     80,623      —        (5,743 )     74,880
                            

Total debt securities

     2,970,114      23,726      (19,967 )     2,973,873

Publicly traded equity securities:

          

Preferred stock

     455,801      4,905      (2,032 )     458,674

Corporate investments

     12,040      13,691      (1,592 )     24,139

FHLB stock

     244,212      —        —         244,212

Retained interests from securitizations

     2,930      463      —         3,393
                            

Total investment securities

     3,685,097      42,785      (23,591 )     3,704,291
                            

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 14,188,191    $ 43,769    $ (309,977 )   $ 13,921,983
                            

December 31, 2005:

          

Mortgage-backed securities:

          

Backed by U.S. Government sponsored and Federal agencies

   $ 9,687,666    $ —      $ (260,145 )   $ 9,427,521

Collateralized mortgage obligations and other

     1,014,582      315      (19,006 )     995,891
                            

Total mortgage-backed securities

     10,702,248      315      (279,151 )     10,423,412
                            

Investment securities:

          

Debt securities:

          

Asset-backed securities

     1,376,315      1,811      (12,372 )     1,365,754

Municipal bonds

     168,682      1,884      (882 )     169,684

Corporate bonds

     74,931      —        (2,171 )     72,760

Other debt securities

     78,989      —        (5,504 )     73,485
                            

Total debt securities

     1,698,917      3,695      (20,929 )     1,681,683

Publicly traded equity securities:

          

Preferred stock

     290,240      267      (2,142 )     288,365

Corporate investments

     53,152      94,412      (164 )     147,400

FHLB stock

     198,700      —        —         198,700

Retained interests from securitizations

     22,444      1,434      —         23,878
                            

Total investment securities

     2,263,453      99,808      (23,235 )     2,340,026
                            

Total available-for-sale securities

   $ 12,965,701    $ 100,123    $ (302,386 )   $ 12,763,438
                            

 

98


Table of Contents

Contractual Maturities

The contractual maturities of available-for-sale debt securities, including mortgage-backed and debt securities, at December 31, 2006 are shown below (dollars in thousands):

 

     Amortized
Cost
   Estimated Fair
Value

Due within one year

   $ 20,689    $ 21,111

Due within one to five years

     22,582      22,720

Due within five to ten years

     118,211      112,323

Due after ten years

     13,311,726      13,035,411
             

Total available-for-sale debt securities

   $ 13,473,208    $ 13,191,565
             

The Company pledged $11.1 billion and $11.8 billion at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, of available-for-sale securities as collateral for federal reserves, repurchase agreements and short-term borrowings.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Investments

The following tables show the fair values and unrealized losses on investments, aggregated by investment category, and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands):

 

    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
   

Fair

Values

  Unrealized
Losses
   

Fair

Values

  Unrealized
Losses
   

Fair

Values

  Unrealized
Losses
 

December 31, 2006:

           

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Backed by U.S. Government sponsored and Federal agencies

  $ 1,482,684   $ (38,671 )   $ 7,551,572   $ (228,154 )   $ 9,034,256   $ (266,825 )

Collateralized mortgage obligations and other

    399,779     (2,258 )     640,811     (17,303 )     1,040,590     (19,561 )

Debt securities:

           

Asset-backed securities

    358,628     (2,520 )     629,889     (9,219 )     988,517     (11,739 )

Municipal bonds

    58,548     (467 )     28,326     (363 )     86,874     (830 )

Corporate bonds

    765     (23 )     72,661     (1,632 )     73,426     (1,655 )

Other debt securities

    —       —         72,750     (5,743 )     72,750     (5,743 )

Publicly traded equity securities:

           

Preferred stock

    37,663     (420 )     25,971     (1,612 )     63,634     (2,032 )

Corporate investments

    8,486     (1,386 )     156     (206 )     8,642     (1,592 )
                                         

Total temporarily impaired securities

  $ 2,346,553   $ (45,745 )   $ 9,022,136   $ (264,232 )   $ 11,368,689   $ (309,977 )
                                         

December 31, 2005:

           

Mortgage-backed securities:

           

Backed by U.S. Government sponsored and Federal agencies

  $ 5,914,808   $ (142,245 )   $ 3,512,713   $ (117,900 )   $ 9,427,521   $ (260,145 )

Collateralized mortgage obligations and other

    351,565     (5,177 )     546,291     (13,829 )     897,856     (19,006 )

Debt securities:

           

Asset-backed securities

    412,142     (3,064 )     411,595     (9,308 )     823,737     (12,372 )

Municipal bonds

    21,006     (165 )     22,775     (717 )     43,781     (882 )

Corporate bonds

    —       —         72,760     (2,171 )     72,760     (2,171 )

Other debt securities

    —       —         73,485     (5,504 )     73,485     (5,504 )

Publicly traded equity securities:

           

Preferred stock

    86,292     (1,171 )     11,759     (971 )     98,051     (2,142 )

Corporate investments

    246     (164 )     —       —         246     (164 )
                                         

Total temporarily impaired securities

  $ 6,786,059   $ (151,986 )   $ 4,651,378   $ (150,400 )   $ 11,437,437   $ (302,386 )
                                         

 

99


Table of Contents

The Company does not believe that any individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2006 represents an other-than-temporary impairment. The majority of the unrealized losses on mortgage- and asset-backed securities are attributable to changes in interest rates and are not reflective of deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer and/or securitization. Substantially all mortgage-backed securities backed by U.S. Government sponsored and Federal agencies are “AAA” rated and have unrealized losses due to changes in market interest rates. As market interest rates increase, the fair value of fixed-rate securities will decrease. During 2006, increasing market interest rates caused higher unrealized losses on our fixed-rate securities, including mortgage-backed securities. The Company has the intent and ability to hold these securities until the market value recovers or the securities mature. Municipal bonds, corporate bonds and other debt securities are evaluated by reviewing the credit-worthiness of the lender and general market conditions. Based on its evaluation, the Company recorded other-than-temporary charges of $1.5 million, $38.3 million and $14.0 million of impairment for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, for its asset- and mortgage-backed securities and interest-only securities. Additionally, the Company recognized $1.3 million, $2.0 million and $4.4 million of other-than temporary impairments for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, from retained beneficial interest in securitized receivables held by a subsidiary, ETCF Asset Funding Corporation.

The detailed components of the gain on sales of loans and securities, net and gain on sales and impairment of investments line items on the consolidated statement of income are shown below.

Gain on Sales of Loans and Securities, Net

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Realized gain on sales of originated loans

   12,018     54,847     82,716  

Realized loss on sales of loans held-for-sale

   (6,775 )   (1,208 )   (3,447 )

Gain on sales of securities, net:

      

Realized gains on sales of securities

   69,274     130,840     105,876  

Realized losses on sales of securities

   (16,688 )   (89,765 )   (43,885 )

Realized gains on other investments

   1,436     40,927     17,801  

Realized losses on other investments

   (806 )   (8,838 )   (4,459 )

Losses on impairment

   (1,504 )   (38,343 )   (13,958 )

Gains (losses) on sales of trading securities

   (969 )   10,398     74  
                  

Total gain on sales of securities, net

   50,743     45,219     61,449  
                  

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net

   55,986     98,858     140,718  
                  

Gain on Sales and Impairment of Investments

Gain on sales and impairment of investments are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Realized gains on sales of publicly traded equity securities

   $ 71,815     $ 82,667     $ 130,593  

Realized losses on sales of investments and impairments

     (676 )     (40 )     (2,137 )

Gains (losses) on sales of other equity securities, net(1)

     (343 )     517       (345 )
                        

Gain on sales and impairment of investments

   $ 70,796     $ 83,144     $ 128,111  
                        

(1)

Includes realized gains of $1.0 million, $2.5 million and $4.0 million and impairments on retained interests from securitizations of $1.3 million, $2.0 million and $4.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

In 2006, the gains on sales of publicly traded equity securities primarily included the sales of the Company’s holdings in International Securities Exchange and Softbank Investment Corporation of $64.2 million and $7.5 million respectively. In 2005 and 2004, these gains primarily included sales of the Company’s holdings in Softbank Investment Corporation.

 

100


Table of Contents

NOTE 7—LOANS, NET

Loans, net are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  

Loans held-for-sale

   $ 283,496     $ 87,371  
                

Loans receivable, net:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family

     10,870,214       7,091,664  

HELOC, HEIL and other

     11,809,008       8,106,820  
                

Total real estate loans

     22,679,222       15,198,484  
                

Consumer and other loans:

    

Recreational vehicle

     2,292,356       2,692,055  

Marine

     651,764       752,645  

Commercial

     219,008       89,098  

Credit card

     128,583       188,600  

Automobile

     77,533       235,388  

Other

     3,706       8,338  
                

Total consumer and other loans

     3,372,950       3,966,124  
                

Total loans receivable

     26,052,172       19,164,608  

Unamortized premiums, net

     388,153       323,573  

Allowance for loan losses

     (67,628 )     (63,286 )
                

Total loans receivable, net

     26,372,697       19,424,895  
                

Total loans, net

   $ 26,656,193     $ 19,512,266  
                

In addition to these loans, the Company had commitments to originate, buy and sell loans at December 31, 2006 (see Note 25—Commitments, Contingencies and Other Regulatory Matters).

The following table shows the percentage of adjustable and fixed-rate loans in the Company’s portfolio (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
     $ Amount    % of Total     $ Amount    % of Total  

Adjustable rate loans:

          

Real estate

   $ 13,431,079    51.0 %   $ 10,972,028    57.0 %

Credit card and other

     347,591    1.3       277,597    1.4  
                          

Total adjustable rate loans

     13,778,670    52.3       11,249,625    58.4  

Fixed rate loans

     12,553,307    47.7       8,002,290    41.6  
                          

Total loans

   $ 26,331,977    100.0 %   $ 19,251,915    100.0 %
                          

The weighted-average remaining maturity of mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residences was 340 and 341 months at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Additionally, all mortgage loans outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005 in the held-for-investment portfolio were serviced by other companies.

 

101


Table of Contents

The Company actively sells loans including loans that it originally purchased from third parties. A summary of these activities is presented below (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Loans sold:

      

Originated

   $ 907,524     $ 2,728,094     $ 4,339,901  

Purchased

     590,211       1,028,747       2,395,886  
                        

Total loans sold

   $ 1,497,735     $ 3,756,841     $ 6,735,787  
                        

Gain on sales of loans:

      

Originated

   $ 12,018     $ 54,847     $ 82,716  

Purchased

     (6,775 )     (1,208 )     (3,447 )
                        

Total gain on sales of loans, net

   $ 5,243     $ 53,639     $ 79,269  
                        

Activity in the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Allowance for loan losses, beginning of period

   $ 63,286     $ 47,681     $ 37,847  

Provision for loan losses

     44,970       54,016       38,121  

Acquired through acquisitions

     —         —         1,547  

Charge-offs

     (61,843 )     (56,847 )     (50,341 )

Recoveries

     21,215       18,436       20,507  
                        

Net charge-offs

     (40,628 )     (38,411 )     (29,834 )
                        

Allowance for loan losses, end of period

   $ 67,628     $ 63,286     $ 47,681  
                        

During 2006, the allowance for loan losses increased by $4.3 million. The allowance increased approximately $8.5 million due to growth in the real estate loan portfolio of $7.5 billion during 2006. This increase was offset by a decrease in consumer loan-related losses of $4.2 million, more specifically in the recreational vehicle and credit card loan portfolios.

The $2.2 million increase in net charge-offs in 2006 was primarily due to higher net charge-offs on the real estate loan portfolio of $10.9 million, offset by a decline in charge-offs for credit card loans of $6.3 million and other consumer loans of $2.4 million. The increase in real estate charge-offs was due the growth in real estate loans receivable, net and specific events affecting customer behavior during the period and not indicative of a decline in credit quality. The decrease of credit card charge-offs was due to decline in the size of credit card portfolio during 2006.

We classify loans as nonperforming when full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain or when they are 90 days past due. The following table provides the breakout of nonperforming loans by type (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,
   2006    2005

First mortgage loans, secured by one- to four-family residences

   $ 34,219    $ 18,067

HELOC and HEIL

     32,216      9,568

Credit card

     3,795      2,858

Recreational vehicle

     2,579      2,826

Other

     2,532      1,335
             

Total nonperforming loans

   $ 75,341    $ 34,654
             

 

102


Table of Contents

If the Company’s nonperforming loans at December 31, 2006 had been performing in accordance with their terms, the Company would have recorded additional interest income of approximately $1.9 million, $0.8 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. During 2006, we recognized $1.8 million in interest on loans that were in nonperforming status at December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to any of these borrowers.

NOTE 8—BROKERAGE RECEIVABLES, NET AND BROKERAGE PAYABLES

Brokerage receivables, net and brokerage payables consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,
     2006    2005

Receivables from customers and non-customers (less allowance for doubtful accounts of $19,850 and $8,835 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively)

   $ 6,891,621    $ 5,678,923

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations:

     

Deposits paid for securities borrowed

     448,047      1,163,125

Net settlement and deposits with clearing organizations

     137,571      230,936

Other

     159,113      101,191
             

Total brokerage receivables, net

   $ 7,636,352    $ 7,174,175
             

Payables to customers and non-customers

   $ 6,376,788    $ 5,817,469

Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations:

     

Deposits received for securities loaned

     1,012,831      1,320,853

Other

     435,085      203,886
             

Total brokerage payables

   $ 7,824,704    $ 7,342,208
             

Receivables from customers and non-customers are primarily brokerage receivables where customers use their securities as collateral (also known as margin receivables). Receivables from non-customers primarily represent credit extended to principal officers of the Company to finance their purchase of securities on margin. Securities owned by customers and non-customers are held as collateral for amounts due on margin receivables, the value of which is not reflected in the consolidated balance sheet. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or re-pledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to enter into securities lending transactions, to collateralize borrowings or for delivery to counterparties to cover customer short positions. At December 31, 2006, the fair value of securities that the Company received as collateral, where the Company is permitted to sell or re-pledge the securities, was approximately $9.8 billion. Of this amount, $2.2 billion had been pledged or sold at December 31, 2006 in connection with securities loans, bank borrowings and deposits with clearing organizations.

Receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations resulted from the Company’s brokerage activities. Payables to customers and non-customers represent free credit balances and other customer and non-customer funds pending completion of securities transactions. The Company pays interest on certain customer and non-customer credit balances.

NOTE 9—ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING

ACTIVITIES

The Company enters into derivative transactions to protect against the risk of market price or interest rate movements on the value of certain assets, liabilities and future cash flows. The Company is also required to recognize certain contracts and commitments as derivatives when the characteristics of those contracts and commitments meet the definition of a derivative as promulgated by SFAS No. 133, as amended.

 

103


Table of Contents

Fair Value Hedges

Overview of Fair Value Hedges

The Company uses a combination of interest rate swaps, forward-starting swaps and purchased options on swaps, interest rate caps and interest rate floors to offset its exposure to changes in value of certain fixed-rate assets and liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognized currently in earnings. Hedge ineffectiveness, if any, is recognized currently in other expense excluding interest in the consolidated statement of income.

The following table summarizes information related to financial derivatives in fair value hedge relationships (dollars in thousands):

 

   

Notional

Amount of

Derivatives

  Fair Value of Derivatives     Weighted-Average
      Pay
Rate
   

Receive

Rate

   

Strike

Rate

   

Remaining

Life (Years)

    Asset   Liability     Net          

December 31, 2006:

               

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps:

               

Mortgage-backed securities

  $ 4,774,000   $ 22,399   $ (25,894 )   $ (3,495 )   5.12 %   5.36 %   N/A     4.20

Recreational vehicle loans

    2,030,000     —       (8,046 )     (8,046 )   5.46 %   5.35 %   N/A     1.62

Home equity loans

    490,000     —       (2,625 )     (2,625 )   5.40 %   5.35 %   N/A     2.16

Investment securities

    335,162     1,128     (2,887 )     (1,759 )   5.07 %   5.37 %   N/A     6.69

Asset backed securities

    232,000     1,013     —         1,013     5.08 %   5.37 %   N/A     6.52

Receive-fixed interest rate swaps:

               

Brokered certificates of deposit

    127,138     —       (3,392 )     (3,392 )   5.31 %   5.21 %   N/A     11.41

FHLB advances

    100,000     —       (3,534 )     (3,534 )   5.35 %   3.64 %   N/A     2.79

Purchased interest rate options(1):

               

Caps

    6,720,000     38,237     —         38,237     N/A     N/A     5.36 %   2.18

Swaptions(2)

    3,338,000     50,218     —         50,218     N/A     N/A     5.37 %   10.69

Floors

    1,200,000     19,786     —         19,786     N/A     N/A     4.74 %   4.81
                                   

Total fair value hedges

  $ 19,346,300   $ 132,781   $ (46,378 )   $ 86,403     5.22 %   5.34 %   5.30 %   4.44
                                   

December 31, 2005:

               

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps:

               

Mortgage-backed securities

  $ 961,000   $ 12,485   $ (598 )   $ 11,887     4.50 %   4.35 %   N/A     4.88

Investment securities

    119,485     1,315     (1,750 )     (435 )   4.62 %   4.18 %   N/A     7.70

Receive-fixed interest rate swaps:

               

Brokered certificates of deposit

    132,313     —       (3,740 )     (3,740 )   4.33 %   5.22 %   N/A     12.50

FHLB advances

    100,000     —       (3,894 )     (3,894 )   4.37 %   3.64 %   N/A     3.79

Purchased interest rate forward-starting swaps:

               

Mortgage-backed securities

    70,000     —       (470 )     (470 )   5.03 %   N/A     N/A     10.01

Purchased interest rate options(1):

               

Caps

    770,000     21,324     —         21,324     N/A     N/A     4.89 %   4.82

Swaptions(2)

    2,241,000     36,982     —         36,982     N/A     N/A     4.93 %   8.47

Floors

    1,325,000     3,952     —         3,952     N/A     N/A     3.82 %   3.71
                                   

Total fair value hedges

  $ 5,718,798   $ 76,058   $ (10,452 )   $ 65,606     4.51 %   4.37 %   4.59 %   6.29
                                   

(1)

Purchased interest rate options were used to hedge mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities.

(2)

Swaptions are options to enter swaps starting on a given day.

 

104


Table of Contents

De-designated Fair Value Hedges

During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, certain fair value hedges were de-designated; therefore, hedge accounting was discontinued during those periods. The net gain or loss on the underlying transactions being hedged is amortized to operating interest expense or operating interest income over the original forecasted period at the time of de-designation. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments after de-designation of fair value hedge accounting were recorded in the gain on sales of loans and securities, net line item in the consolidated statement of income.

Cash Flow Hedges

Overview of Cash Flow Hedges

The Company uses a combination of interest rate swaps, forward-starting swaps and purchased options on caps and floors to hedge the variability of future cash flows associated with existing variable-rate liabilities and assets and forecasted issuances of liabilities. These cash flow hedge relationships are treated as effective hedges as long as the future issuances of liabilities remain probable and the hedges continue to meet the requirements of SFAS No. 133, as amended. The Company also enters into interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the future variability of cash flows of certain investment securities resulting from changes in a benchmark interest rate. Additionally, the Company enters into forward purchase and sale agreements, which are considered cash flow hedges, when the terms of the commitments exactly match the terms of the securities purchased or sold.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that hedge cash flows associated with repurchase agreements, FHLB advances and HELOC are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income as unrealized gains or losses. The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income are then included in operating interest expense or operating interest income as a yield adjustment during the same periods in which the related interest on the fundings affect earnings. During the upcoming twelve months, the Company expects to include a pre-tax amount of approximately $21.3 million of net unrealized gains that are currently reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income in operating interest expense as a yield adjustment in the same periods in which the related items affect earnings.

 

105


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information related to our financial derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships, hedging variable-rate assets and liabilities and the forecasted issuances of liabilities (dollars in thousands):

 

   

Notional

Amount of
Derivatives

  Fair Value of Derivatives     Weighted-Average
     

Pay

Rate

   

Receive

Rate

   

Strike

Rate

   

Remaining

Life (Years)

    Asset   Liability     Net          

December 31, 2006:

               

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps:

               

Repurchase agreements

  $ 3,435,000   $ 7,683   $ (21,823 )   $ (14,140 )   5.36 %   5.36 %   N/A     5.90

FHLB advances

    730,000     3,671     (3,301 )     370     5.16 %   5.37 %   N/A     8.56

Purchased interest rate options(1):

               

Caps

    4,690,000     62,710     —         62,710     N/A     N/A     5.05 %   3.36

Floors

    1,900,000     643     —         643     N/A     N/A     4.05 %   2.09
                                   

Total cash flow hedges

  $ 10,755,000   $ 74,707   $ (25,124 )   $ 49,583     5.33 %   5.36 %   4.76 %   4.30
                                   

December 31, 2005:

               

Pay-fixed interest rate swaps:

               

Repurchase agreements

  $ 1,100,000   $ 6,959   $ (2,223 )   $ 4,736     4.87 %   4.38 %   N/A     9.15

Purchased interest rate forward-starting swaps:

               

Repurchase agreements

    2,675,000     1,219     (19,872 )     (18,653 )   5.04 %   N/A     N/A     9.50

FHLB advances

    750,000     —       (4,040 )     (4,040 )   5.02 %   N/A     N/A     9.46

Purchased interest rate options(1):

               

Caps

    2,925,000     64,301     —         64,301     N/A     N/A     4.76 %   4.59

Floors

    1,900,000     2,527     —         2,527     N/A     N/A     5.50 %   3.54
                                   

Total cash flow hedges

  $ 9,350,000   $ 75,006   $ (26,135 )   $ 48,871     5.00 %   4.38 %   5.05 %   6.71
                                   

(1)

Caps are used to hedge repurchase agreements and FHLB advances. Floors are used to hedge HELOC.

Under SFAS No. 133, as amended, we are required to record the fair value of gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges in accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheet. In addition, during the normal course of business, the Company terminates certain interest rate swaps and options.

 

106


Table of Contents

The following tables show: 1) amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivative instruments accounted for as cash flow hedges; 2) the notional amounts and fair values of derivatives terminated for the periods presented; and 3) the amortization of terminated interest rate swaps included in operating interest expense and operating interest income (dollars in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  

Impact on accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of taxes):

     

Beginning balance

  $ (70,831 )   $ (118,018 )   $ (123,754 )

Gains (losses) on cash flow hedges related to derivatives, net

    36,409       7,032       (51,137 )

Reclassifications into earnings, net

    6,578       40,155       56,873  
                       

Ending balance

  $ (27,844 )   $ (70,831 )   $ (118,018 )
                       

Derivatives terminated during the period:

     

Notional

  $ 10,675,000     $ 17,920,000     $ 5,423,500  

Fair value of net gains (losses) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $ 80,198     $ 2,228     $ (68,039 )

Amortization of terminated interest rate swaps and options included in operating interest expense and operating interest income

  $ 10,043     $ 65,110     $ 101,807  

The gains (losses) accumulated in other comprehensive loss on the derivative instruments terminated shown in the preceding table will be included in operating interest expense and operating interest income over the periods the variable rate liabilities and hedged forecasted issuance of liabilities will affect earnings, ranging from five days to almost 15 years.

The following table shows the balance in accumulated other comprehensive loss attributable to open cash flow hedges and discontinued cash flow hedges (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss balance (net of taxes) related to:

      

Open cash flow hedges

   $ (50,158 )   $ (36,736 )   $ (43,027 )

Discontinued cash flow hedges

     22,314       (34,095 )     (74,991 )
                        

Total cash flow hedges

   $ (27,844 )   $ (70,831 )   $ (118,018 )
                        

Hedge Ineffectiveness

In accordance with SFAS No. 133, as amended, the Company recognizes hedge ineffectiveness on both fair value and cash flow hedge relationships. The amount of ineffectiveness recorded in earnings for cash flow hedges is equal to the excess of the cumulative change in the fair value of the actual derivative over the cumulative change in the fair value of a hypothetical derivative which is created to match the exact terms of the underlying instruments being hedged. These amounts are reflected in the other expense excluding interest line item in the consolidated statement of income. Cash flow and fair value ineffectiveness is re-measured on a quarterly basis. The following table summarizes income (expense) recognized by the Company as fair value and cash flow hedge ineffectiveness (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Fair value hedges

   $ (1,409 )   $ (4,937 )   $ (3,895 )

Cash flow hedges

     (93 )     45       6,194  
                        

Total hedge ineffectiveness

   $ (1,502 )   $ (4,892 )   $ 2,299  
                        

 

107


Table of Contents

Mortgage Banking Activities

The Company enters into commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding. These commitments are referred to as Interest Rate Lock Commitments (“IRLCs”). IRLCs on loans that the Company intends to sell are considered to be derivatives and are, therefore, recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. For purposes of determining fair value, the Company performs a net present value analysis of the anticipated cash flows associated with these IRLCs. The net present value analysis performed excludes the market value associated with the anticipated sale of servicing rights related to each loan commitment. The fair value of these IRLCs was a $0.02 million liability and a $1.6 million asset at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The Company also designates fair value relationships of closed loans held-for-sale against a combination of mortgage forwards and short treasury positions. Short treasury relationships are economic hedges, rather than fair value or cash flow hedges. Short treasury positions are marked-to-market, but do not receive hedge accounting treatment under SFAS No. 133, as amended. The mark-to-market of the mortgage forwards is included in the net change of the IRLCs and the related hedging instruments. The fair value of the mark-to-market on closed loans was a $1.7 million and $0.7 million asset at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

IRLCs, as well as closed loans held-for-sale, expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company manages this risk by selling mortgages or mortgage-backed securities on a forward basis referred to as forward sale agreements. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are included as gain on sales of loans and securities, net in the consolidated statement of income. The net change in IRLCs, closed loans, mortgage forwards and the short treasury positions generated a net gain of $1.6 million in 2006, a net loss of $0.4 million in 2005 and a net gain of $3.9 million in 2004.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is managed by limiting activity to approved counterparties and setting aggregate exposure limits for each approved counterparty. The credit risk that results from interest rate swaps and purchased interest rate options is represented by the fair value of contracts that have unrealized gains at the reporting date. Conversely, we have $71.5 million of derivative contracts with unrealized losses at December 31, 2006. The Company pledged approximately $76.8 million of its mortgage-backed and investment securities as collateral of derivative contracts.

While the Company does not expect that any counterparty will fail to perform, the following table shows the maximum exposure, or net credit risk, associated with each counterparty to interest rate swaps and purchased interest rate options at December 31, 2006 (dollars in thousands):

 

Counterparty

   Credit
Risk

Union Bank of Switzerland

   $ 19,494

Morgan Stanley

     12,318

Lehman Brothers

     10,809

JP Morgan

     9,606

Royal Bank of Scotland

     9,456

Bank of America

     7,585

Barclays Bank

     4,915

Citigroup

     4,835

Credit Suisse First Boston

     4,561

Other

     2,533
      

Total exposure

   $ 86,112
      

 

108


Table of Contents

NOTE 10—SERVICING RIGHTS

Included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet are servicing assets which are recognized when the Company sells a loan and retains the related servicing rights. The servicing right is initially recorded at its allocated cost basis based on the relative fair value of the loan sold and the servicing retained at the date of the sale in accordance with SFAS No. 140. The fair value of the servicing retained is estimated based on market quotes for similar servicing assets. Servicing assets are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. The Company measures impairment by stratifying the servicing assets, based on the characteristics of the underlying loans and by interest rates. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for each stratum. The valuation allowance is adjusted to reflect the excess of the servicing assets’ cost basis for a given stratum over its fair value. Any fair value in excess of the cost basis of servicing assets for a given stratum is not recognized. The Company estimates the fair value of each stratum based on an industry standard present value of cash flows model. The Company recognizes both amortization of servicing rights and impairment charges in service charges and fees in the consolidated statement of income.

The following table shows the net amortized cost of the Company’s servicing rights (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2006             2005      

Servicing assets:

    

Balance beginning of period

   $ 17,300     $ 29,659  

Purchases (sales)(1)

     —         (4,118 )

Amortization of servicing rights

     (3,857 )     (8,241 )
                

Balance end of period

     13,443       17,300  
                

Valuation allowance for impairment:

    

Balance beginning of period

     (6,274 )     (8,146 )

Valuation adjustment(1)

     1,318       1,872  
                

Balance end of period

     (4,956 )     (6,274 )
                

Servicing rights, end of period

   $ 8,487     $ 11,026  
                

(1)

Reflects sale of the Consumer Finance Corporation business in October 2005. The origination and servicing of recreational vehicle and marine loans were provided by this business.

The most important assumptions used in determining the estimated fair value are anticipated loan prepayments and discount rates. The Company uses market-based assumptions and confirms the reasonableness of the Company’s valuation model through management’s quarterly review, analyses of market quotes and independent broker valuations of the fair value of the servicing rights.

The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the Company’s servicing assets and significant assumptions (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  

Mortgage servicing assets:

    

Fair value

   $ 9,713     $ 11,930  

Constant prepayment rate

     21 %     19 %

Discount rate

     6 %     4 %

 

109


Table of Contents

NOTE 11—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consists of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  

Software

   $ 390,091     $ 353,120  

Equipment and transportation

     197,295       193,051  

Leasehold improvements

     92,648       93,963  

Buildings

     72,352       71,927  

Furniture and fixtures

     31,749       19,040  

Land

     3,428       3,428  
                

Total property and equipment, gross

     787,563       734,529  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (469,174 )     (435,273 )
                

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 318,389     $ 299,256  
                

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $73.8 million, $75.0 million and $77.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Software includes capitalized internally developed software costs. These costs were $37.3 million, $34.7 million and $31.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Completed projects are carried at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, generally four years. Amortization expense for the capitalized amounts was $26.1 million, $31.5 million and $33.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. Also included in software at December 31, 2006 is $23.2 million of internally developed software in the process of development for which amortization has not begun.

NOTE 12—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES, NET

The following table discloses the changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2004

   $ 395,043  

Additions from 2005 acquisitions

     1,612,928  

Write-off related to discontinued operations

     (4,515 )
        

Balance at December 31, 2005

     2,003,456  

Purchase accounting adjustments related to 2005 acquisitions

     11,953  

Additions from 2006 acquisition of RAA(1)

     14,116  

Additions from equity method investment in Investsmart

     42,964  

Other adjustments

     431  
        

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 2,072,920  
        

(1)

Includes purchase accounting adjustments as of December 31, 2006.

 

110


Table of Contents

The following table discloses the changes in the carrying value of goodwill that occurred in the retail and institutional segments (dollars in thousands):

 

     Retail     Institutional     Total  

Balance at December 31, 2004

   $ 153,720     $ 241,323     $ 395,043  

Additions from 2005 acquisitions

     1,611,507       1,421       1,612,928  

Write-offs related to discontinued operations

     (3,379 )     (1,136 )     (4,515 )
                        

Balance at December 31, 2005

     1,761,848       241,608       2,003,456  

Purchase accounting adjustments related to 2005 acquisitions

     11,953       —         11,953  

Additions from 2006 acquisition of RAA(1)

     14,116       —         14,116  

Additions from equity method investment in Investsmart

     38,668       4,296       42,964  

Other adjustments

     1,500       (1,069 )     431  
                        

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 1,828,085     $ 244,835     $ 2,072,920  
                        

(1)

Includes purchase accounting adjustments as of December 31, 2006.

The changes in the carrying value of goodwill are the result of the Company’s completion of the purchase of RAA (see Note 2—Business Combinations for further discussion) and the increased ownership percentage in Investsmart, resulting in the transition to equity method accounting as discussed in Note 13—Other Assets. In connection with these transactions, the Company recorded $14.1 million and $43.0 million in goodwill, respectively. An additional $12.0 million of goodwill, primarily due to purchase accounting adjustments related to the 2005 acquisitions of BrownCo and Harrisdirect, was also recorded during 2006.

During 2005, the additions to goodwill were the result of our acquisitions including Harrisdirect, BrownCo, Kobren and Howard Capital. See Note 2—Business Combinations. The write-off of goodwill related to discontinued operations during 2005 was due to the sale of Consumer Finance Corporation and the exit of E*TRADE Professional Securities, LLC. See Note 3—Discontinued Operations.

Other intangible assets with finite lives, which are primarily amortized on an accelerated basis, consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

    Weighted
Average
Useful Life
(Years)
  December 31, 2006  

Weighted
Average
Useful Life

(Years)

  December 31, 2005
    Gross
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Amount
    Gross
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
   

Net

Amount

Customer list

  20   $ 461,639   $ (43,076 )   $ 418,563   21   $ 456,953   $ (11,592 )   $ 445,361

Specialist books

  30     61,820     (30,641 )     31,179   28     61,820     (29,280 )     32,540

Active accounts

  8     69,023     (50,325 )     18,698   8     69,023     (43,234 )     25,789

Credit cards(1)

  —       —       —         —     15     32,604     (12,496 )     20,108

Other

  6     6,000     (2,507 )     3,493   5     29,274     (20,964 )     8,310
                                           

Total other intangible assets(2)

    $ 598,482   $ (126,549 )   $ 471,933     $ 649,674   $ (117,566 )   $ 532,108
                                           

(1)

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company completed the sale of a portion of its purchased credit card portfolio.

(2)

Fully amortized other intangible assets not included in the table above.

As part of the Company’s purchase of RAA, the Company assigned $9.5 million to intangible assets with finite lives, of which $9.2 million was assigned to the customer list intangible asset class. In addition, the sale of a portion of the Company’s purchased credit card portfolio resulted in a $16.0 million write-off to the credit card intangible asset class for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

111


Table of Contents

Assuming no future impairments of these assets or additional acquisitions, annual amortization expense will be as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31,

  

2007

   $ 40,251

2008

     35,581

2009

     31,252

2010

     29,123

2011

     27,981

Thereafter

     307,745
      

Total future amortization expense

   $ 471,933
      

Amortization of other intangibles was $46.2 million, $43.8 million and $19.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

NOTE 13—OTHER ASSETS

Other assets consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,
     2006    2005

Third party loan servicing receivable

   $ 241,511    $ 85,820

Derivative assets

     208,136      152,477

Accrued interest receivable

     182,265      183,814

Other investments

     138,006      65,189

Prepaids

     41,216      26,239

Unamortized debt issue costs

     26,498      36,088

Deferred compensation plan

     20,584      18,419

Servicing rights

     8,487      11,026

Deferred tax assets

     —        3,851

Other

     122,374      99,045
             

Total other assets

   $ 989,077    $ 681,968
             

Other Investments

The Company has made investments in low income housing tax credit partnerships, venture funds and several non-public, venture capital-backed, high technology companies. The Company recorded $1.5 million other-than-temporary impairments for 2006 and none for 2005 and 2004, associated with these privately held equity investments. These impairments are recorded in gain on sales and impairment of investments in the consolidated statements of income. The Company has $35.0 million in commitments to fund low income housing tax credit partnerships, venture funds and joint ventures.

 

112


Table of Contents

Equity Method Investments

Equity method investments are reported as part of the other investments balance within the other assets line item on the consolidated balance sheet and consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,
     2006    2005

Investsmart(1)(2)

   $ 61,815    $ —  

Arrowpath Fund II, L.P.

     19,861      16,806

MMA Mid-Atlantic Affordable Housing Fund III

     4,188      4,380

Softbank Capital Partners Inc.

     4,050      4,700

International Securities Exchange

     4,000      —  

KAP Group, L.L.C.

     3,507      4,365

Other

     8,681      7,184
             

Total equity method investments

   $ 106,102    $ 37,435
             

(1)

Investsmart was previously accounted for in accordance SFAS 115 and reported as part of Available-for-sale mortgage-backed and investment securities at December 31, 2005.

(2)

Investsmart is an India-based financial services organization providing individuals and corporations with customized financial management solutions.

During 2006, the Company increased its ownership stake in Investsmart and determined that it exercised significant influence over Investsmart. This resulted in a transition from an investment accounted for as available-for-sale in accordance with SFAS 115 to an investment accounted for under equity method accounting in accordance with APB 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.

NOTE 14—DEPOSITS

Deposits are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

    

Weighted-Average

Rate

    Amount   

Percentage

to Total

 
     December 31,     December 31,    December 31,  
       2006         2005       2006    2005    2006     2005  

Sweep deposit accounts

   0.94 %   0.57 %   $ 10,837,124    $ 7,733,267    45.0 %   48.5 %

Money market and savings accounts

   4.33 %   3.17 %     7,634,241      4,635,866    31.7     29.1  

Certificates of deposit(1)

   5.02 %   3.94 %     4,737,253      2,703,605    19.7     17.0  

Brokered certificates of deposit(2)

   3.95 %   3.86 %     483,777      484,612    2.0     3.0  

Checking accounts

   1.06 %   0.71 %     378,617      390,665    1.6     2.4  
                              

Total deposits

   2.88 %   2.00 %   $ 24,071,012    $ 15,948,015    100.0 %   100.0 %
                              

(1)

Includes retail certificates of deposit including retail brokered certificates of deposit.

(2)

Includes institutional certificates of deposit.

Deposits, classified by rates are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  

0.00%–1.99%

   $ 9,401,233     $ 8,488,981  

2.00%–3.99%

     3,103,313       5,158,261  

4.00%–5.99%

     11,547,219       2,278,914  

6.00%–9.99%

     23,047       27,633  
                

Subtotal

     24,074,812       15,953,789  

Fair value adjustments

     (3,800 )     (5,774 )
                

Total deposits

   $ 24,071,012     $ 15,948,015  
                

 

113


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2006, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit and brokered certificates of deposit were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     < 1 Year    1-2 Years    2-3 Years    3-4 Years    4-5 Years    > 5 Years    Total  

Less than 4.00%

   $ 253,214    $ 176,379    $ 48,271    $ 4,876    $ 34,713    $ 30    $ 517,483  

4.00%–5.99%

     4,094,319      180,680      121,568      114,107      87,732      94,183      4,692,589  

6.00%–9.99%

     1,405      1,180      659      127      890      18,934      23,195  
                                                  

Subtotal

   $ 4,348,938    $ 358,239    $ 170,498    $ 119,110    $ 123,335    $ 113,147      5,233,267  
                                            

Fair value adjustments

                       (3,800 )

Unamortized discount, net

                       (8,437 )
                          

Total certificates of deposit and brokered certificates of deposit

         $ 5,221,030  
                          

Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit and brokered certificates of deposit with denominations greater than or equal to $100,000 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,
     2006    2005

Three months or less

   $ 721,392    $ 319,609

Three through six months

     479,166      226,040

Six through twelve months

     287,593      266,840

Over twelve months

     458,292      307,885
             

Total certificates of deposit

   $ 1,946,443    $ 1,120,374
             

Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2006    2005    2004

Sweep deposit accounts

   $ 87,714    $ 36,147    $ 13,226

Money market and savings accounts

     231,602      89,073      47,297

Certificates of deposit

     183,828      88,733      110,577

Brokered certificates of deposit

     24,726      15,680      9,172

Checking accounts

     3,347      2,679      2,408
                    

Total interest expense

   $ 531,217    $ 232,312    $ 182,680
                    

Accrued interest payable on these deposits, which is included in accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities, was $13.3 million and $11.6 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The sweep deposit account is a sweep product that transfers brokerage customer balances to the Bank, who holds these funds as customer deposits in FDIC-insured Negotiable Order of Withdrawal and money market deposit accounts.

NOTE 15—ASSET SECURITIZATION

Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDO”)

On August 30, 2006, an unrelated financial advisor (“Advisor”) transferred $229.9 million in asset-backed securities to E*TRADE ABS CDO V, Ltd. (“CDO V”). The Company had previously transferred $96.8 million in asset-backed securities to the Advisor for transfer to CDO V. Additionally, the Company utilized a warehouse line with the Advisor to purchase $133.1 million of asset-backed securities that were also transferred to CDO V.

 

114


Table of Contents

Concurrent with these transfers, CDO V sold total beneficial interests of $300.0 million to investors in the form of senior notes, subordinated notes and preference shares collateralized by the asset-backed securities. During the ramp-up period, the Company purchased $70.1 million in asset-backed securities in open market transactions and transferred them to CDO V. By November 3, 2006, 100% of the pool of underlying securities had been transferred into CDO V.

The CDO V transaction is similar to the most recent E*TRADE CDO transaction, CDO IV, in that it is a managed deal whereby the portfolio manager, E*TRADE Global Asset Management, Inc. (“ETGAM”), is appointed to actively manage the collateral of the CDO. Because CDO V is a managed deal, it is a special purpose entity and not a qualified special purpose entity. The CDO V transaction was accounted for as a sale in accordance with SFAS No. 140.

The Company purchased $2.2 million of preference shares in CDO V. Retained interests are subordinate to the notes sold by CDO V and on an equal standing with the preference shares purchased by other preference share investors in CDO V. Neither CDO V itself nor the investors in the beneficial interests sold by CDO V have recourse to the Company.

The Company reviewed CDO V to determine if consolidation was necessary under the requirements of FIN 46R. The calculation of CDO V’s beneficial interests indicated that the Company was not the recipient of the majority of the potential benefits or losses of the deal. Therefore, the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the transaction and is not required to consolidate the CDO.

In prior years, the Company transferred asset-backed securities to E*TRADE ABS CDO IV, Ltd. (“CDO IV”), E*TRADE ABS CDO III, Ltd. (“CDO III”), E*TRADE ABS CDO II, Ltd. (“CDO II”) and E*TRADE ABS CDO I, Ltd. (“CDO I”). Asset-backed securities were also transferred to CDO IV and CDO III by an unrelated financial advisor. Concurrent with these transfers, the respective CDOs sold beneficial interests to independent investors in the form of senior and subordinated notes and preference shares, collateralized by the asset-backed securities. Neither the CDOs themselves nor the investors in the beneficial interests sold by the CDOs have recourse to the Company.

During the third quarter of 2006, the preference shares related to CDO I were written off as the Company did not expect any future payments on the investment. In addition, during the fourth quarter of 2006, the majority of preference shareholders elected to call CDO II and the $6.0 million of the Preference Share principal was returned to the Company.

CDO I, II and III are qualifying special purpose entities as defined in SFAS No. 140, and, as such, are not required to be consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. CDO IV is not a qualified special purpose entity but rather a special purpose entity, as the Company has been appointed by the CDO to actively manage the collateral of the CDO. The transaction was accounted for as a sale in accordance with SFAS No. 140. The Company reviewed CDO IV to determine if consolidation was necessary under the requirements of FIN 46R. The calculation of the CDO’s beneficial interests indicated that ETGAM was not the recipient of the majority of the potential benefits or losses of the deal and therefore, not the primary beneficiary of the transaction and not required to consolidate the CDO.

The Company purchased preference shares in each of the CDOs. Retained interests are subordinate to the notes sold by each CDO and on an equal standing with the preference shares purchased by other preference share investors in each CDO. The Company also purchased $1.0 million of the BBB subordinated notes in the CDO IV transaction.

 

115


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the asset-backed securities transferred to each CDO at closing, the amount of the cash proceeds, the preference shares purchased by the Company and the current rating for those preference shares (dollars in millions):

 

        Asset-Backed Securities Transferred to CDO  

Preference Shares
Purchased

by E*TRADE

 

CDO

 

Transaction Date

 

E*TRADE

 

Independent

Investment Advisor

 

Transferred
After
Closing

 

Total

 

Proceeds

       

Rating at

12/31/06

 
              Amount     Moody’s     S&P  

CDO V

  August 2006   $ 96.8   $ 133.1   $ 70.1   $ 300.0   $ 300.0   $ 2.2     N/A     N/A  

CDO IV

  December 2005     37.0     238.6     24.4     300.0     300.0     1.4     N/A     B  

CDO III

  December 2004     124.0     175.5     —       299.5     304.4     5.0     Ba1     BB+  

CDO I

  September 2002     50.2     200.0     —       250.2     251.7     (1)   N/A (1)   N/A (1)
                                           

Total

    $ 308.0   $ 747.2   $ 94.5   $ 1,149.7   $ 1,156.1   $ 8.6      
                                           

(1)

During the third quarter of 2006, the preference shares related to CDO I were written off as the Company did not expect any future payments on the investment.

The carrying values of the Company’s retained interests in the CDOs are subject to future volatility in credit, interest rate and prepayment risk. The investment in the preference shares is classified as a trading security in the Company’s investment portfolio. Therefore, changes in the market value of these securities are recorded in gain on sales of loans and securities, net in the consolidated statements of income. The following table presents a sensitivity analysis of the Company’s retained interests in the CDOs at December 31, 2006 (dollars in thousands):

 

     CDO III     CDO IV     CDO V  

Fair value of retained preference shares(1)(2)

   $ 4,927     $ 1,365     $ 2,318  

Weighted-average remaining life (years)

     2.27       3.86       3.67  

Weighted-average prepayment speed

     10 %     10 %     10 %

Impact of 10% adverse change

   $ (24 )   $ (12 )   $ (5 )

Impact of 20% adverse change

   $ (48 )   $ (24 )   $ (9 )

Weighted-average discount rate

     15 %     15 %     16 %

Impact of 10% adverse change

   $ (157 )   $ (75 )   $ (123 )

Impact of 20% adverse change

   $ (305 )   $ (144 )   $ (235 )

Weighted-average expected credit losses

     0.28 %     0.34 %     0.34 %

Impact of 10% adverse change

   $ (23 )   $ (10 )   $ (9 )

Impact of 20% adverse change

   $ (45 )   $ (20 )   $ (19 )

Actual credit losses to date

   $ —       $ —       $ —    

For the year ended December 31, 2006

      

Actual interest payments received

   $ 775     $ 209     $ —    

(1)

Based on calculated discounted expected future cash flows, premised on weighted-average life, prepayment speed, discount rate and expected credit losses shown in this table.

(2)

During the third quarter of 2006, the preference shares related to CDO I were written off as the Company did not expect any future payments on the investment.

The sensitivities and estimates shown in the preceding table are hypothetical and should be used with the understanding that actual future performance and results can vary significantly. As the sensitivity analysis table shows, changes in the fair value based on a 10% variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the preference shares is calculated without changing any other assumption. Changes in one factor may result in changes in another factor (for example, increases in market interest rates could result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which could magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

 

116


Table of Contents

The Company entered into management agreements to provide certain collateral management services for the CDOs. As compensation for its services, it receives a management fee from the trustee based on the quarterly amount of assets managed (as defined in the management agreements). During 2006, the Company earned $5.1 million of management fees under the CDOs.

At December 31, 2006, the Company managed both its on-balance sheet asset-backed securities and the off-balance sheet securitized asset-backed securities of the CDOs, which are presented in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

Managed on-balance sheet asset-backed securities, classified as:

  

Available-for-sale

   $ 2,161,728

Trading securities

     49,201
      

Total managed on-balance sheet asset-backed securities

     2,210,929
      

Managed off-balance sheet securitized asset-backed securities:

  

CDO I(1)

     69,376

CDO III

     256,638

CDO IV

     292,761

CDO V

     300,049
      

Total managed off-balance sheet securitized asset-backed securities

     918,824
      

Total managed asset-backed securities

   $ 3,129,753
      

(1)

During the third quarter of 2006, the preference shares related to CDO I were written off as the Company did not expect any future payments on the investment, although the Company continues to manage CDO I.

Securitized Consumer Finance Receivables

The origination and servicing businesses of Consumer Finance Corporation were sold in late 2005. As a result of the sale, the Company retained the consumer receivables and beneficial interests in the securitized trusts. Prior to the sale, Consumer Finance Corporation securitized recreational vehicle and marine consumer receivables by sales or other transfers to ETCF Asset Funding Corporation through the formation of trusts. There were no securitizations of consumer receivables in 2006 or 2005. During 2004, Consumer Finance Corporation securitized approximately $0.3 billion of recreational vehicle and marine receivables. On October 20, 2003, the Company acquired ETCF Asset Funding Corporation and the retained beneficial interests in four trusts.

On December 14, 2005, the Company exercised its option to redeem at par the collateral associated with RV 1999-1. This resulted in a full payoff of the residual interest in January 2006.

On March 10, 2006, the Company exercised its option to redeem at par the collateral associated with Marine 1999-2. This resulted in a full payoff of the residual interest in April 2006.

 

117


Table of Contents

The carrying values of the retained beneficial interests are subject to future volatility in credit, interest rate and prepayment risk. The following table presents a sensitivity analysis of each of portfolio of securitized receivables (dollars in thousands):

 

     RV
1999-3
    RV/Marine
2001-1
    RV/Marine
2004-1
 

Fair value of residual investment(1)

      

At December 31, 2006

   $ 2,335     $ 1,058     $ 14,138  

At initial value(2)

   $ 4,223     $ 3,981     $ 10,877  

Weighted-average remaining life (years)

     0.41       1.91       2.63  

Weighted-average prepayment speed

     11 %     13 %     16 %

Impact of 10% adverse change

   $ (0 )   $ 9     $ (49 )

Impact of 20% adverse change

   $ (1 )   $ 31     $ (102 )

Weighted-average discount rate

     15 %     2 %     12 %

Impact of 10% adverse change

   $ (13 )   $ (4 )   $ (423 )

Impact of 20% adverse change

   $ (25 )   $ (8 )   $ (819 )

Weighted-average expected credit losses

     2.03 %     2.01 %     0.62 %

Impact of 10% adverse change

   $ (34 )   $ (282 )   $ (375 )

Impact of 20% adverse change

   $ (68 )   $ (559 )   $ (771 )

Actual credit losses

      

Since trust inception(3)

   $ 11,452     $ 17,319     $ 3,407  

Since acquisition on October 20, 2003

   $ 3,240     $ 9,123       N/A  

For the year ended December 31, 2006

      

Actual cash received

   $ 74     $ 172     $ 1,254  

(1)

Based on calculated discounted expected future cash flows, premised on weighted-average life, prepayment speed, discount rate and expected credit losses shown in this table.

(2)

Initial value at December 31, 2004 for 2004-1 and October 20, 2003 for all remaining.

(3)

Default base on the entire balance of the amount securitized as follows: 1999-3: $374,531; 2001-1: $529,467; 2004-1: $308,996.

The sensitivities and estimates shown in the preceding table are hypothetical; actual future performance and results can vary significantly. As the sensitivity analysis table shows, changes in the fair value based on a 10% variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the preference shares is calculated without changing any other assumption. Changes in one factor may result in changes in another factor (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments and increased credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

 

118


Table of Contents
NOTE 16—SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE AND OTHER BORROWINGS

The maturities of borrowings at December 31, 2006 and total borrowings at December 31, 2005 are shown below (dollars in thousands):

 

     Repurchase
Agreements
   Other Borrowings    Total     Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
 
      FHLB
Advances
    Other     

Years Ending December 31,

            

2007

   $ 8,284,587    $ 2,869,000     $ 37,856    $ 11,191,443     5.28 %

2008

     —        1,000,000       1,591      1,001,591     5.29 %

2009

     —        100,000       21,669      121,669     4.18 %

2010

     —        100,000       903      100,903     4.39 %

2011

     —        —         903      903     5.43 %

Thereafter

     1,507,835      800,000       395,574      2,703,409     4.72 %
                                

Subtotal

     9,792,422      4,869,000       458,496      15,119,918     5.16 %

Fair value adjustments

     —        (3,534 )     —        (3,534 )  
                                

Total borrowings at
December 31, 2006

   $ 9,792,422    $ 4,865,466     $ 458,496    $ 15,116,384     5.16 %
                                

Total borrowings at
December 31, 2005

   $ 11,101,542    $ 3,856,106     $ 350,890    $ 15,308,538     4.13 %
                                

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

The Company sells repurchase agreements which are collateralized by fixed- and variable-rate mortgage-backed securities or investment grade securities. Repurchase agreements are treated as financings for financial statement purposes and obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as borrowings in the consolidated balance sheet. The brokers retain possession of the securities collateralizing the repurchase agreements until maturity. At December 31, 2006, there were no counterparties with whom the Company’s amount at risk exceeded 10% of its shareholders’ equity.

Below is a summary of repurchase agreements and collateral associated with the repurchase agreements at December 31, 2006 (dollars in thousands):

 

                Collateral
     Repurchase Agreements    U.S. Government Sponsored
Enterprise Obligations
  

Collateralized Mortgage

Obligations and Other

Contractual Maturity

   Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
    Amount    Amortized Cost    Fair Value    Amortized Cost    Fair Value

Up to 30 days

   5.17 %   $ 5,060,918    $ 4,895,226    $ 4,738,420    $ 44    $ 43

30 to 90 days

   5.34 %     1,006,632      810,363      782,968      282,477      277,690

Over 90 days

   4.81 %     3,724,872      2,647,185      2,557,695      1,412,387      1,388,450
                                    

Total

   5.05 %   $ 9,792,422    $ 8,352,774    $ 8,079,083    $ 1,694,908    $ 1,666,183
                                    

Other Borrowings

FHLB Advances—The Company had $2.4 billion floating-rate and $2.5 billion fixed-rate FHLB advances at December 31, 2006. The floating-rate advances adjust quarterly based on the LIBOR. The Company is required to be a member of the FHLB System and maintain a FHLB investment at least equal to the greater of: one

 

119


Table of Contents

percent of the unpaid principal balance of its residential mortgage loans; one percent of 30 percent of its total assets; or one-twentieth of its outstanding FHLB advances. In addition, the Company must maintain qualified collateral equal to 85 to 90 percent of its advances, depending on the collateral type. These advances are secured with specific mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company pledged $12.9 billion and $9.3 billion, respectively, of the one- to four-family first mortgage loans, HELOC and HEIL as collateral.

Other—ETBH raises capital through the formation of trusts, which sell trust preferred stock in the capital markets. The capital securities are mandatorily redeemable in whole at the due date, which is generally 30 years after issuance. Each trust issued Floating Rate Cumulative Preferred Securities, at par with a liquidation amount of $1,000 per capital security. The trusts use the proceeds from the sale of issuances to purchase Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures issued by ETBH, guarantees the trust obligations and contributes proceeds from the sale of its subordinated debentures to the Bank in the form of a capital contribution.

During 2006, ETBH formed five trusts, ETBH Capital Trust XXIII through ETBH Capital Trust XXVII. These trusts issued a total of 95,000 shares of Floating Rate Cumulative Preferred Securities for a total of $95 million. Net proceeds from these issuances were invested in Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures that mature in 2036 or 2037 and have variable rates of 1.95% or 2.10% above the three-month LIBOR, payable quarterly.

In December 2006, ETBH called Capital Trust III which had sold $15.0 million of trust preferred stock in the capital markets in 2001, and generated a loss of $0.5 million.

The face values of outstanding trusts at December 31, 2006 are shown below (dollars in thousands):

 

Trusts

   Face
Value
  

Maturity

Date

  

Annual Interest Rate

Telebank Capital Trust I

   $ 9,000    2027   

11.00%

ETBH Capital Trust II

   $ 5,000    2031   

10.25%

ETBH Capital Trust I

   $ 20,000    2031   

3.75% above 6-month LIBOR

ETBH Capital Trust V, VI, VIII

   $ 51,000    2032   

3.25%-3.65% above 3-month LIBOR

ETBH Capital Trust IV

   $ 10,000    2032   

3.70% above 6-month LIBOR

ETBH Capital Trust VII, IX—XII

   $ 65,000    2033   

3.00%-3.30% above 3-month LIBOR

ETBH Capital Trust XIII—XVIII, XX

   $ 77,000    2034   

2.45%-2.90% above 3-month LIBOR

ETBH Capital Trust XIX, XXI, XXII

   $ 60,000    2035   

2.20%-2.40% above 3-month LIBOR

ETBH Capital Trust XXIII—XXIV

   $ 45,000    2036   

2.10% above 3-month LIBOR

ETBH Capital Trust XXV—XXVII

   $ 50,000    2037   

1.95% above 3-month LIBOR

The Company also has multiple term loans from financial institutions. These loans are collateralized by equipment. Borrowings under these term loans bear interest at 1% above LIBOR, 5.43% or 5.50%. The Company had approximately $38.0 million of principal outstanding under these loans at December 31, 2006.

Other borrowings also include $33.1 million margin collateral and $2.0 million of overnight and other short-term borrowings in connection with the Federal Reserve Bank’s special direct investment and treasury, tax and loan programs. The Company pledged $8.1 million of securities to secure these borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

120


Table of Contents
NOTE 17—CORPORATE DEBT

The Company’s corporate debt by type is shown below (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,
     2006    2005

Senior notes:

     

8.00% Notes, due 2011(1)

   $ 503,733    $ 504,407

7 3/8% Notes, due 2013(2)

     597,859      597,540

7 7/8% Notes, due 2015

     300,000      300,000
             

Total senior notes

     1,401,592      1,401,947

Mandatory convertible notes 6 1/8%, due 2018(3)

     440,577      435,589

Convertible subordinated notes 6.00%, due 2007

     —        185,165
             

Total corporate debt

   $ 1,842,169    $ 2,022,701
             

(1)

Includes unamortized premium of $3.7 million and $4.4 million, for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

(2)

Includes unamortized discount of $2.1 million and $2.5 million, for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

(3)

Includes unamortized discount of $9.4 million and $14.4 million, for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Senior Notes

All of the Company’s senior notes are unsecured and will rank equal in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness and will rank senior in right of payment to all our existing and future subordinated indebtedness.

8.00% Senior Notes Due June 2011

In 2005 and 2004, the Company issued an aggregate principal amount of $100 million and $400 million in senior notes due June 2011 (“8.00% Notes”), respectively. Interest is payable semi-annually and notes are non-callable for four years and may then be called by the Company at a premium, which declines over time. Debt issuance costs of $9.6 million are included in other assets and are being amortized over the term of the senior notes.

7 3/8% Senior Notes due September 2013

In 2005, the Company issued an aggregate principal amount of $600 million in senior notes due September 2013 (“7 3/8% Notes”). Interest is payable semi-annually and the notes are non-callable for four years and may then be called by the Company at a premium, which declines over time. Debt issuance costs of $8.0 million are included in other assets and are being amortized over the term of the notes.

7 7/8% Senior Notes Due December 2015

In 2005, the Company issued an aggregate principal amount of $300 million in senior notes due December 2015 (“7 7/8% Notes”). Interest is payable semi-annually and the notes are non-callable for four years and may then be called by the Company at a premium, which declines over time. Debt issuance costs of $3.7 million are included in other assets and are being amortized over the term of the notes.

Mandatory Convertible Notes

6 1/8% Mandatory Convertible Notes Due November 2018

In November 2005, the Company issued 18.0 million of mandatory convertible notes (“Units”) with a face value of $450 million (“6 1/8% Notes”). Each Unit consists of a purchase contract and a 6 1/8% subordinated note.

 

121


Table of Contents

The interest on the 6 1/8% Notes is payable quarterly until November 2008, at which point the interest becomes payable semi-annually. The Company recorded the purchase contracts and subordinated notes at fair value, with $15 million recorded in equity and $435 million in debt, respectively. Debt issuance costs allocated to the 6 1/8% Notes of $14.2 million are included in other assets and are being amortized over the expected life of the 6 1/8% Notes.

Each purchase contract obligates the holder to purchase, and the Company to sell, at a purchase price of $25.00 in cash, a variable number of shares of the Company’s common stock. The stock conversion ratio varies depending on the average closing price of the Company’s common stock over a 20-day trading period ending on the third trading day immediately preceding November 18, 2008 (“Reference Price”). If the Reference Price is equal to or greater than $21.816 per share, the settlement rate will be 1.1459 shares of common stock. If the Reference Price is less than $21.816 per share but greater than $18.00 per share, the settlement rate is equal to $25.00 divided by the Reference Price. If the Reference Price is less than or equal to $18.00 per share, the settlement rate will be 1.3889 shares of common stock. The Company is obligated under the purchase contract to sell shares of its common stock under the agreement in November 2008. In November 2008, the aggregate principal amount of the subordinated notes will be remarketed, which may result in a change in the interest rate and maturity date of the subordinated notes.

Before the Purchase Date, the Units will be reflected in diluted earnings per share calculations using the treasury stock method as defined by SFAS No. 128, Earning per Share. Under this method, the number of shares of common stock used in calculating diluted earnings per share (based on the settlement formula applied at the end of the reporting period) is deemed to be increased by the excess, if any, of the number of shares that would be issued upon settlement of the purchase contracts less the number of shares that could be purchased by the Company in the market at the average market price during the period using the proceeds to be received upon settlement. Therefore, dilution will occur for periods when the average market price of the Company’s common stock for the reporting period is above $21.816.

Convertible Subordinated Notes

6.00% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due February 2007

In 2000, the Company issued an aggregate principal amount of $650 million of the 6.00% convertible subordinated notes due February 2007 (“6.00% Notes”). As of December 31, 2005 the Company had retired or called $464.8 million of the 6.00% Notes. In 2006, the Company called for redemption the entire remaining $185.2 million principal amount of the 6.00% Notes with 7.8 million shares of common stock issued and $1.8 million paid in cash.

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

In September 2005, the Company entered into a $250 million, three-year senior secured revolving credit facility. The facility is secured by certain assets of the Company. The facility will be used for general corporate purposes, including regulatory capital needs arising from acquisitions. Draws under the facility currently bear interest, at our option, at adjusted LIBOR plus 2% or prime plus 1%. Undrawn facility funds currently bear commitment fees of 0.25% per annum payable quarterly in arrears. At December 31, 2006, no amounts were outstanding under this credit facility. Issuance costs of $2.2 million are included in other assets and are being amortized over the term of the facility.

Corporate Debt Covenants

Certain of the Company’s corporate senior debt described above have terms which include customary financial covenants. As of December 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

 

122


Table of Contents

Early Extinguishment of Debt

In 2006, the Company called the entire remaining $185.2 million principal amount of its 6.00% Notes for redemption. The Company recorded a $0.7 million loss on early extinguishment of debt relating to the write-off of the unamortized debt offering costs. The Company did not have any early extinguishments of debt in 2005. In 2004, the Company recorded a $19.4 million loss on early extinguishment of debt related to corporate debt, which included $12.6 million loss from the retirement of the 6.75% convertible subordinated notes due May 2008 and $6.8 million loss from the retirement of the 6.00% Notes.

Other Corporate Debt

The Company also has multiple term loans from financial institutions. These loans are collateralized by equipment and are included within other borrowings on the consolidated balance sheet. See Note 16—Securities Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase and Other Borrowings.

Future Maturities of Corporate Debt

For the years subsequent to December 31, 2006, scheduled principal payments of corporate debt as of December 31, 2006 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31,

  

2007

   $ —    

2008

     —    

2009

     —    

2010

     —    

2011

     500,000  

Thereafter

     1,350,000  
        

Total future principal payments of corporate debt

     1,850,000  

Unamortized discount, net

     (7,831 )
        

Total corporate debt

   $ 1,842,169  
        

NOTE 18—ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, ACCRUED AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,
     2006    2005

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 335,117    $ 272,402

Derivative liabilities

     78,710      38,072

Deferred tax liabilities

     58,485      —  

Subserviced loan advances

     44,780      27,765

Restructuring liabilities

     26,892      52,808

Senior and convertible debt accrued interest

     20,125      24,396

Other

     124,555      131,221
             

Total accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities

   $ 688,664    $ 546,664
             

 

123


Table of Contents
NOTE 19—INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense from continuing operations are as follows (dollars in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2006     2005     2004

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 211,984     $ 158,050     $ 95,862

Foreign

     (56 )     3,518       4,442

State

     8,394       19,237       14,540
                      

Total current

     220,322       180,805       114,844
                      

Deferred:

      

Federal

     82,433       45,200       44,086

Foreign

     (5,996 )     (1,264 )     2,328

State

     5,224       5,082       20,506
                      

Total deferred

     81,661       49,018       66,920
                      

Income tax expense from continuing operations

   $ 301,983     $ 229,823     $ 181,764
                      

The Company is subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), taxing authorities in foreign countries and states in which the Company has significant business operations. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional tax deficiencies in each of the taxing jurisdictions resulting from ongoing and subsequent years’ examinations. Included in current tax expense are charges to accruals for expected tax contingencies in accordance with SFAS No. 5.

The components of income before income taxes and discontinued operations are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2006    2005    2004

Domestic

   $ 893,382    $ 653,131    $ 545,197

Foreign

     35,415      22,995      19,290
                    

Total income before income taxes and discontinued operations

   $ 928,797    $ 676,126    $ 564,487
                    

 

124


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes are recorded when revenues and expenses are recognized in different periods for financial statement and tax return purposes. Prior year balances for the deferred tax asset and liabilities have been re-presented to ensure consistency between periods. The adjustments relate to the presentation of the federal benefit of the state deferred assets and liabilities. The temporary differences and tax carry-forwards that created deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2006     2005  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Reserves and allowances

   $ 29,690     $ 20,161  

Net unrealized gain on equity investments and Bank assets held-for-sale

     94,129       109,454  

Net operating loss carry-forwards

     64,299       59,559  

Deferred compensation

     19,285       11,023  

Capitalized technology development

     1,887       3,152  

Restructuring reserve and related write-downs

     44,823       53,298  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     254,113       256,647  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Internally developed software

     (23,330 )     (19,490 )

Acquired intangibles

     (22,219 )     (21,363 )

Basis differences in investments

     (113,306 )     (113,271 )

Loan fees

     (4,488 )     (6,710 )

Depreciation and amortization

     (89,801 )     (29,785 )

Purchased software

     (3,024 )     (3,024 )

Retained servicing rights

     (1,649 )     (2,644 )

Other

     (16,486 )     (17,150 )
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (274,303 )     (213,437 )

Valuation allowance

     (38,295 )     (39,359 )
                

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ (58,485 )   $ 3,851  
                

The Company maintains a valuation allowance of $38.3 million and $39.4 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, against certain of its deferred tax assets, as it is more likely than not that they will not be fully realized. The Company’s valuation allowance decreased by $1.1 million the year ended December 31, 2006. The principal components of the deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance has been established include the following state and foreign country net operating loss carry-forwards and excess tax bases in certain illiquid investments:

 

   

At December 31, 2006, the Company had foreign country net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $94.0 million for which a deferred tax asset of approximately $29.3 million was established. The foreign net operating losses represent the foreign tax loss carry-forwards in numerous foreign countries, some of which are subject to expiration from in 2008. In most of these foreign countries, the Company has historical tax losses, and the Company continues to project to incur operating losses in most of these countries. Accordingly, the Company has provided a valuation allowance of $20.0 million against such deferred tax asset at December 31, 2006.

 

   

At December 31, 2006, the Company had gross state net operating loss carry-forwards of $148.0 million that expire between 2008 and 2026, most of which are subject to reduction for apportionment when utilized. A deferred tax asset of approximately $10.4 million has been established related to these state net operating loss carry-forwards with a valuation allowance of $3.1 million against such deferred tax asset at December 31, 2006.

 

   

At December 31, 2006, the Company maintains a valuation allowance against the excess tax basis in certain capital assets of approximately $11.0 million. The capital assets in question are certain

 

125


Table of Contents
 

investments in e-commerce and Internet startup venture funds that have no ready market or liquidity at December 31, 2006. The Company has concluded that the realization of these excess tax benefits on these capital assets are uncertain and not in the control of the Company, as there is no ready market or liquidity for these investments.

At December 31, 2006, the Company had federal net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $54 million for which no valuation allowance has been provided. These carry-forwards expire through 2020. These federal net operating loss carry-forwards relate to pre-acquisition losses from acquired subsidiaries and, accordingly, are generally subject to annual limitations in their use of $4.9 million per year in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 382. Accordingly, the extent to which the loss carry-forwards can be used to offset future taxable income may be limited.

The Company has not provided deferred income taxes on $44.7 million of undistributed earnings and profits in its foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2006. The Company intends to permanently reinvest such earnings. The Company has not provided deferred income taxes of $15.7 million on such undistributed earnings and profits.

The effective tax rates differed from the Federal statutory rates as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2006         2005         2004    

Federal statutory rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit

   1.3     2.3     4.4  

Difference between statutory rate and foreign effective tax rate and establishment of valuation allowance for foreign deferred tax assets

   (0.2 )   (0.9 )   (0.7 )

IRS tax settlement

   —       —       (2.8 )

Excess tax basis upon sale of partnership interests

   —       —       (2.2 )

Change in valuation allowance

   (0.9 )   (0.3 )   (0.5 )

Other

   (2.7 )   (2.1 )   (1.0 )
                  

Effective tax rate

   32.5 %   34.0 %   32.2 %
                  

The decrease to our 2006 tax rate was due principally to benefits recognized on state refund tax claims filed in one of our jurisdictions as a result of recent favorable court decisions, a reversal of valuation allowance recorded in prior years related to international operations and a continued decrease in our overall effective state tax rate due to our changing geographic footprint.

 

126


Table of Contents
NOTE 20—EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table is a reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006    2005     2004  

BASIC:

       

Numerator:

       

Net income from continuing operations

   $ 626,814    $ 446,238     $ 381,830  

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     2,045      (17,472 )     (1,347 )

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax

     —        1,646       —    
                       

Net income

   $ 628,859    $ 430,412     $ 380,483  
                       

Denominator:

       

Basic weighted-average shares outstanding

     421,127      371,468       366,586  
                       

DILUTED:

       

Numerator:

       

Net income

   $ 628,859    $ 430,412     $ 380,483  

Interest on convertible subordinated notes, net of tax

     —        —         19,963  
                       

Net income, as adjusted

   $ 628,859    $ 430,412     $ 400,446  
                       

Denominator:

       

Basic weighted-average shares outstanding

     421,127      371,468       366,586  

Effect of dilutive securities:

       

Weighted-average options and restricted stock issued to employees

     13,358      11,137       10,461  

Weighted-average warrants and contingent shares outstanding

     248      2,025       2,532  

Weighted-average mandatory convertible notes

     1,624      —         —    

Shares issuable for assumed conversion of convertible subordinated notes

     —        —         25,810  
                       

Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

     436,357      384,630       405,389  
                       

PER SHARE:

       

Basic earnings per share:

       

Earnings per share from continuing operations

   $ 1.49    $ 1.20     $ 1.04  

Earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations

     0.00      (0.04 )     (0.00 )

Earnings per share from cumulative effect of accounting change

     —        0.00       —    
                       

Net earnings per share

   $ 1.49    $ 1.16     $ 1.04  
                       

Diluted earnings per share:

       

Earnings per share from continuing operations

     1.44      1.16       0.99  

Earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations

     0.00      (0.04 )     (0.00 )

Earnings per share from cumulative effect of accounting change

     —        0.00       —    
                       

Net earnings per share

   $ 1.44    $ 1.12     $ 0.99  
                       

Excluded from the calculations of diluted earnings per share are 2.2 million and 7.8 million shares of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, issuable under convertible subordinated notes as the effect of applying the treasury stock method on an if-converted basis would be anti-dilutive. There were not any shares excluded from the year ended 2004. In addition, in 2005, 25.0 million shares of common stock potentially issuable related to the conversion of mandatory convertible notes was excluded from the calculations because it would be anti-dilutive.

 

127


Table of Contents

The following options to purchase shares of common stock have not been included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect would be anti-dilutive (shares in thousands, except exercise price ranges):

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2006    2005    2004

Options excluded from computation of diluted earnings per share

     5,283      7,209      10,665

Exercise price ranges:

        

High

   $ 58.19    $ 58.19    $ 58.19

Low

   $ 19.11    $ 12.76    $ 12.50

 

NOTE 21—SHARE REPURCHASES

During 2006, the Company repurchased common stock under a $200.0 million repurchase program approved by the Board in December 2004 (the “December 2004 Plan”). The December 2004 Plan is open-ended and provides the flexibility to buy back common stock, retire debt in the open market or a combination of both. The table below shows the timing and impact of the repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2006 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

Three Months Ended

  

Total Number of

Shares Purchased

  

Aggregate

Price

  

Average Price
Paid

per Share

   Maximum Dollar
Value of Shares That
May Yet be
Purchased Under the
December 2004 Plan

March 31, 2006

   —      $ —      $ —      $ 179,764

June 30, 2006

   2,029,500    $ 48,273    $ 23.79    $ 131,491

September 30, 2006

   1,513,900    $ 34,501    $ 22.79    $ 96,990

December 31, 2006

   1,723,100    $ 39,826    $ 23.11    $ 57,164

 

NOTE 22—EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS AND OTHER BENEFITS

Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)

As discussed in Note 1—Organization, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (R). The adoption resulted in the recognition of or changes to the recognition method of expense for the Company’s employee stock option plans, restricted stock awards and employee stock purchase plan. The combined impact of the adoption in 2005 is as follows: $13.7 million in compensation expense for stock options; $0.4 million compensation expense for the stock purchase plan; and a pre-tax credit of $2.8 million in cumulative effect of accounting change for 2005. Results for prior periods have not been restated. Total compensation expense for stock-based compensation also includes $4.2 million for restricted stock awards, which were previously expensed by the Company under APB No. 25, prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

Employee Stock Option Plans

In 2005, the Company adopted and the shareholders approved the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan”) to replace the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (“1996 Plan”) which provides for the grant of nonqualified or incentive stock options to officers, directors, key employees and consultants for the purchase of newly issued shares of the Company’s common stock at a price determined by the Board at the date the option is granted. Options are generally exercisable ratably over a four-year period from the date the option is granted and expire within ten years from the date of grant. Beginning in 2006, most options that were granted have a contractual term of seven years. Certain options provide for accelerated vesting upon a change in control. Exercise prices are generally equal to the fair market value of the shares on the grant date. A total of 85.4 million shares had been authorized under the 1996 Plan. Under the 2005 Plan, the remaining unissued authorized shares of the 1996 Plan, up to

 

128


Table of Contents

42.0 million shares, were authorized for issuance. Additionally, any shares that had been awarded but remained unissued under the 1996 Plan that were subsequently canceled, would be authorized for issuance under the 2005 Plan, up to 39.0 million shares. As of December 31, 2006, 30.4 million shares were available for grant under the 2005 Plan.

The Company recognized $22.1 million and $13.7 million in compensation expense for stock options for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. There was not any compensation expense for stock options for the year ended December 31, 2004. The Company recognized a tax benefit of $7.8 million and $5.0 million related to the stock options for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model based on the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatility is based on a combination of historical volatility of the Company’s stock and implied volatility of publicly traded options on the Company’s stock. The expected term represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected term is estimated using employees’ actual historical behavior and projected future behavior based on expected exercise patterns. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bond where the remaining term equals the expected term. Dividend yield is zero as the Company has not, nor does it currently plan to, issue dividends to its shareholders.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2006             2005             2004      

Expected volatility

   34 %   34 %   55 %

Expected term (years)

   4.5     4.9     4.3  

Risk-free interest rate

   5 %   4 %   3 %

Dividend yield

   —       —       —    

The weighted-average fair values of options granted were $8.60, $4.57 and $5.95 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Intrinsic value of options exercised were $89.1 million, $67.0 million and $53.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

A summary of options activity under the 2005 Plan is presented below:

 

     Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

   37,166     $ 10.37    6.76    $ 389,766

Granted

   5,994     $ 24.13      

Exercised

   (5,771 )   $ 8.53      

Canceled

   (1,634 )   $ 15.92      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   35,755     $ 12.72    5.92    $ 370,368
              

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2006

   31,655     $ 12.10    5.80    $ 346,321
              

Exercisable at December 31, 2006

   20,721     $ 9.83    5.20    $ 271,370
              

As of December 31, 2006, there was $38.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.

Restricted Stock Awards

The Company recorded $10.5 million, $4.2 million and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, in compensation expense related to restricted stock awards. The Company recognized a tax benefit of $4.0 million, $1.6 million and $1.9 million related to restricted stock awards for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In addition, the Company recorded a pre-tax credit of $2.8 million in cumulative effect of accounting change as a result of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) in 2005.

 

129


Table of Contents

The Company issues restricted stock awards to its officers and senior executives. These awards are issued at the fair market value on the date of grant and generally vest ratably over four years. However, certain awards vest on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. The fair value is calculated as the market price upon issuance.

Prior to its adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company recorded compensation expense for restricted stock awards on a straight-line basis over their vesting period. If an employee forfeited the award prior to vesting, the Company reversed out the previously expensed amounts in the period of forfeiture. As required upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company must base its accruals of compensation expense on the estimated number of awards for which the requisite service period is expected to be rendered. Actual forfeitures are no longer recorded in the period of forfeiture. The Company recorded a pre-tax credit of $2.8 million in cumulative effect of accounting change, that represents the amount by which compensation expense would have been reduced in periods prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) for restricted stock awards outstanding on July 1, 2005 that are anticipated to be forfeited.

Under the provision of SFAS No. 123(R), the recognition of deferred stock compensation, a contra-equity account representing the amount of unrecognized restricted stock expense is no longer required. Therefore, as of July 1, 2005, “Deferred Stock Compensation” was combined with “Additional Paid-in Capital” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

A summary of non-vested restricted stock award activity is presented below:

 

    

Shares

(in thousands)

    Weighted-
Average
Grant
Date Fair
Value

Non-vested at December 31, 2005:

   2,653     $ 10.09

Issued

   640     $ 23.95

Released (vested)

   (312 )   $ 11.78

Canceled

   (103 )   $ 9.60
        

Non-vested at December 31, 2006:

   2,878     $ 13.01
        

As of December 31, 2006, there was $19.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested awards. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The shareholders of the Company previously approved the 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2002 Purchase Plan”), and reserved 5,000,000 shares of common stock for sale to employees at a price no less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of the one-year offering period or the end of each of the six-month purchase periods. Under SFAS No. 123(R), the 2002 Purchase Plan was considered compensatory. Effective August 1, 2005, the Company changed the terms of its purchase plan to reduce the discount to 5% and discontinued the look-back provision. As a result, the purchase plan was not compensatory beginning August 1, 2005.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company recorded $0.4 million in compensation expense for its employee stock purchase plan for the period in which the 2002 Plan was considered compensatory until the terms were changed August 1, 2005. At December 31, 2006, 923,075 shares were available for purchase under the 2002 Purchase Plan.

 

130


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

The Company has a 401(k) salary deferral program for eligible employees who have met certain service requirements. The Company matches certain employee contributions; additional contributions to this plan are at the discretion of the Company. Total contribution expense under this plan was $5.7 million, $5.2 million and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

NOTE 23—REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

Registered Broker-Dealers

The Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to the Uniform Net Capital Rule (the “Rule”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 administered by the SEC, the NYSE and NASD, which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. The minimum net capital requirements can be met under either the Aggregate Indebtedness method or the Alternative method. Under the Aggregate Indebtedness method, a broker-dealer is required to maintain minimum net capital of the greater of 6 2/3% of its aggregate indebtedness, as defined, or a minimum dollar amount. Under the Alternative method, a broker-dealer is required to maintain net capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions.

We use both the Aggregate Indebtedness and the Alternative methods to compute net capital. The method used depends on the individual broker-dealer subsidiary.

As of December 31, 2006, all of the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries met minimum net capital requirements. Total required net capital was $0.2 billion at December 31, 2006. In addition, the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries had excess net capital of $0.6 billion at December 31, 2006.

The table below summarizes the minimum excess capital requirements for the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2006
    

Required

Net
Capital

   Net
Capital
  

Excess

Net
Capital

E*TRADE Clearing LLC(1)

   $ 143,530    $ 611,598    $ 468,068

E*TRADE Securities LLC(1)

     250      68,639      68,389

E*TRADE Capital Markets, LLC(2)

     1,332      29,906      28,574

E*TRADE Global Asset Management, Inc.(2)

     890      2,581      1,691

International broker-dealers

     44,976      106,386      61,410
                    

Total

   $ 190,978    $ 819,110    $ 628,132
                    

(1)

Elected to use the Alternative method to compute net capital.

(2)

Elected to use the Aggregate Indebtedness method to compute net capital.

Banking

E*TRADE Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on E*TRADE Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, E*TRADE Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of E*TRADE Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. E*TRADE Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

131


Table of Contents

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require E*TRADE Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total and Tier I Capital to Risk-weighted assets and Tier I Capital to Adjusted total assets. As shown in the table below, at December 31, 2006, the most recent date of notification, the OTS categorized E*TRADE Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed E*TRADE Bank’s category. At December 31, 2006, management believes that E*TRADE Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. However, events beyond management’s control, such as fluctuations in interest rates or a downturn in the economy in areas in which E*TRADE Bank’s loans or securities are concentrated, could adversely affect future earnings and E*TRADE Bank’s ability to meet its future capital requirements.

E*TRADE Bank’s required actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table below (dollars in thousands):

 

     Actual     Minimum Required
to Qualify as
Adequately
Capitalized
   

Minimum Required to
be Well Capitalized
Under
Prompt Corrective

Action Provisions

 
     Amount   Ratio     Amount   Ratio     Amount    Ratio  

December 31, 2006:

             

Total Capital to risk-weighted assets

   $2,593,081   10.55 %   >$1,967,129   >8.0 %   >$2,458,911    >10.0 %

Tier I Capital to risk-weighted assets

   $2,525,453   10.27 %   >$   983,565   >4.0 %   >$1,475,347    >  6.0 %

Tier I Capital to adjusted total assets

   $2,525,453   6.07 %   >$1,665,062   >4.0 %   >$2,081,328    >  5.0 %

December 31, 2005:

             

Total Capital to risk-weighted assets

   $2,021,091   10.94 %   >$1,478,238   >8.0 %   >$1,847,797    >10.0 %

Tier I Capital to risk-weighted assets

   $1,957,805   10.60 %   >$   739,119   >4.0 %   >$1,108,678    >  6.0 %

Tier I Capital to adjusted total assets

   $1,957,805   5.92 %   >$1,322,343   >4.0 %   >$1,652,929    >  5.0 %

E*TRADE Bank is also required by OTS regulations to maintain tangible capital of at least 1.50% of tangible assets. E*TRADE Bank satisfied this requirement at both December 31, 2006 and 2005.

E*TRADE Bank is subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends it may declare without prior regulatory approval. At December 31, 2006, E*TRADE Bank had approximately $149.1 million of capital available for dividend declaration without regulatory approval while still maintaining a “well capitalized” status.

 

NOTE 24—LEASE ARRANGEMENTS

The Company has non-cancelable and cancelable operating leases for facilities through 2022. Future minimum rental commitments under these leases are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31,

  

2007

   $ 38,478

2008

     36,315

2009

     30,874

2010

     28,348

2011

     21,184

Thereafter

     75,414
      

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 230,613
      

Certain leases contain provisions for renewal options and rent escalations based on increases in certain costs incurred by the lessor. Rent expense was $28.6 million, $22.2 million and $23.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

132


Table of Contents
NOTE 25—COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER REGULATORY MATTERS

Legal Matters

Litigation Matters

In June 2002, the Company acquired from MarketXT Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as “Tradescape Corporation”) the following entities: Tradescape Securities, LLC; Tradescape Technologies, LLC; and Momentum Securities, LLC. Disputes subsequently arose between the parties regarding the responsibility for liabilities that first became known to the Company after the sale. On April 8, 2004, MarketXT filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company, certain of its officers and directors, and other third parties, including SBI and Softbank Corporation, alleging that defendants were preventing plaintiffs from obtaining certain contingent payments allegedly due, and as a result, claiming damages of $1.5 billion. On April 9, 2004, the Company filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against certain directors and officers of MarketXT seeking declaratory relief and unspecified monetary damages for defendants’ fraud in connection with the 2002 sale, including, but not limited to, having presented the Company with fraudulent financial statements regarding the condition of Momentum Securities, LLC during the due diligence process. Subsequently, MarketXT was placed into bankruptcy, and the Company filed an adversary proceeding against MarketXT and others in January 2005, seeking declaratory relief, compensatory and punitive damages, in those Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York entitled, “In re MarketXT Holdings Corp., Debtor.” In that same court, the Company filed a separate adversary proceeding against Omar Amanat in those Chapter 7 bankruptcy proceedings entitled, “In re Amanat, Omar Shariff.” In October 2005, MarketXT answered the Company’s adversary proceeding and asserted its counterclaims, subsequently amending its claims in 2006 to add a $326 million claim for “promissory estoppel” in which MarketXT alleged, for the first time, that the Company breached a prior promise to purchase the acquired entities in 1999-2000. In April 2006, Omar Amanat answered the Company’s separate adversary proceeding against him and asserted his counterclaims. In separate motions before the Bankruptcy Court, the Company has moved to dismiss certain counterclaims brought by MarketXT including those described above, as well as certain counterclaims brought by Mr. Amanat. In a ruling dated September 29, 2006, the Bankruptcy Court in the MarketXT case granted the Company’s motion to dismiss four of the six bases upon which MarketXT asserts its fraud claims against the Company; its conversion claim; and its demand for punitive damages. In the same ruling, the Bankruptcy Court denied in its entirety MarketXT’s competing motion to dismiss the Company’s claims against it. On October 26, 2006, the Bankruptcy Court subsequently dismissed MarketXT’s “promissory estoppel” claim. The Company continues to believe that the respective claims brought against it by MarketXT and Omar Amanat are without merit, and the Company will continue both to vigorously defend itself against all such claims and to fully pursue its own claims and damages as described above.

An unfavorable outcome in any matter that is not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, even if the ultimate outcomes are resolved in our favor, the defense of such litigation could entail considerable cost or the diversion of the efforts of management, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operation. In addition to the matters described above, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company contests liability or the amount of claimed damages in each pending matter. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages, or where investigation or discovery have yet to be completed, the Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss related to such matters, how such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved, or what any eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief might be. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes that the outcome of any such pending matter will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome could be material to the Company’s or a business segment’s operating results in the future, depending, among other things, upon the Company’s or business segment’s income for such period.

 

133


Table of Contents

Regulatory Matters

The SEC, in conjunction with various regional securities exchanges, is conducting an inquiry into the trading activities of certain specialist firms, including the Company’s subsidiary E*TRADE Capital Markets, LLC (“ETCM”), on various regional exchanges in order to determine whether such firms executed proprietary orders in a given security prior to a customer order in the same security (a practice commonly known as “trading ahead”) during the period 1999 – 2005. The SEC has indicated that it will seek disgorgement, prejudgment interest, and penalties from any firm found to have engaged in trading ahead activity to the detriment of its customers during that time period. It is possible that such sanctions, if imposed against ETCM, could have a material impact on the financial results of the Company during the period in which such sanctions are imposed. The Company and ETCM are cooperating with the investigation.

Beyond this, the securities and banking industries are subject to extensive regulation under Federal, state and applicable international laws. As a result, the Company is required to comply with many complex laws and rules, and its ability to comply is dependent in part on the establishment and maintenance of a qualified compliance system. From time to time, the Company has been threatened with or named as a defendant in, lawsuits, arbitrations and administrative claims involving securities, banking and other matters. The Company is also subject to periodic regulatory audits and inspections. Compliance and trading problems that are reported to regulators, such as the SEC, the NYSE, the NASD or the OTS by dissatisfied customers or others are investigated by such regulators, and may, if pursued, result in formal claims being filed against the Company by customers or disciplinary action being taken against the Company or its employees by regulators. Any such claims or disciplinary actions that are decided against the Company could have a material impact on the financial results of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Insurance

The Company maintains insurance coverage that management believes is reasonable and prudent. The principal insurance coverage it maintains covers commercial general liability; property damage; hardware/software damage; cyber liability; directors and officers; employment practices liability; certain criminal acts against the Company; and errors and omissions. The Company believes that such insurance coverage is adequate for the purpose of its business. The Company’s ability to maintain this level of insurance coverage in the future, however, is subject to the availability of affordable insurance in the marketplace.

Reserves

For all legal matters, reserves are established in accordance with SFAS No. 5. Once established, reserves are adjusted based on available information when an event occurs requiring an adjustment.

Commitments

In the normal course of business, the Company makes various commitments to extend credit and incur contingent liabilities that are not reflected in the consolidated balance sheet. Significant changes in the economy or interest rates influence the impact that these commitments and contingencies have on the Company in the future.

Loans

The Company had the following mortgage loan commitments (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2006
     Fixed Rate    Variable Rate    Total

Purchase loans

   $ —      $ 1,118,529    $ 1,118,529

Originate loans

   $ 346,656    $ 109,974    $ 456,630

Sell loans

   $ 56,349    $ 3,933    $ 60,282

 

134


Table of Contents

Securities, Unused Lines of Credit and Certificates of Deposit

At December 31, 2006, the Company had commitments to purchase $3.6 billion and sell $2.7 billion in securities. In addition, the Company had approximately $4.3 billion of certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in less than one year and $7.4 billion of unfunded commitments to extend credit.

Guarantees

The Company provides guarantees to investors purchasing mortgage loans, which are considered standard representations and warranties within the mortgage industry. The primary guarantees are as follows:

 

   

The mortgage and the mortgage note have been duly executed and each is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms. The mortgage has been duly acknowledged and recorded and is valid. The mortgage and the mortgage note are not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense, including, without limitation, the defense of usury, and no such right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense has been asserted with respect thereto. If these claims prove to be untrue, the investor can require the Company to repurchase the loan and return all loan purchase and servicing release premiums.

 

   

Should any eligible mortgage loan delivered pay off prior to the receipt of the first payment, the loan purchase and servicing release premiums shall be fully refunded.

 

   

Should any eligible mortgage loan delivered to an investor pay off between the receipt of the first payment and a contractually designated period of time (typically 60—120 days from the date of purchase), the servicing release premiums shall be fully refunded.

Management has determined that quantifying the potential liability exposure is not meaningful due to the nature of the standard representations and warranties, which rarely result in loan repurchases. The current carrying amount of the liability recorded at December 31, 2006 is $0.2 million, which we consider adequate based upon analysis of historical trends and current economic conditions for these guarantees.

ETBH raises capital through the formation of trusts, which sell trust preferred stock in the capital markets. The capital securities are mandatorily redeemable in whole at the due date, which is generally 30 years after issuance. Each trust issues Floating Rate Cumulative Preferred Securities at par, with a liquidation amount of $1,000 per capital security. The proceeds from the sale of issuances are invested in ETBH’s Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures.

During the 30-year period prior to the redemption of the Floating Rate Cumulative Preferred Securities, ETBH guarantees the accrued and unpaid distributions on these securities, as well as the redemption price of the securities and certain costs that may be incurred in liquidating, terminating or dissolving the trusts (all of which would otherwise be payable by the trusts). At December 31, 2006, management estimated that the maximum potential liability under this arrangement is equal to approximately $401.1 million or the total face value of these securities plus dividends, which may be unpaid at the termination of the trust arrangement.

NOTE 26—SEGMENT INFORMATION

The segments presented below reflect the manner in which the Company’s chief operating decision maker assesses the Company’s performance. The Company has two segments: retail and institutional.

Retail includes:

 

   

investing, trading, banking and lending products and services to individuals; and

 

   

stock plan administration products and services.

 

135


Table of Contents

Institutional includes:

 

   

balance sheet management activities including generation of institutional net interest spread, gain on sales of loans and securities, net and management income;

 

   

market-making; and

 

   

global equity execution and settlement services.

The retail segment originates loans through lending activities. Retail segment loan originations that are not sold directly to outside parties are sold at arm’s length prices to the institutional segment which manages the Company’s balance sheet. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on segment contribution (net revenue less expense excluding operating interest). All corporate overhead, administrative and technology charges are allocated to segments either in proportion to their respective direct costs or based upon specific operating criteria.

Financial information for the Company’s reportable segments is presented in the following tables (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2006  
     Retail     Institutional     Eliminations(1)     Total  

Revenue:

        

Operating interest income

   $ 1,522,811     $ 2,163,127     $ (911,259 )   $ 2,774,679  

Operating interest expense

     (639,248 )     (1,646,658 )     911,259       (1,374,647 )
                                

Net operating interest income

     883,563       516,469       —         1,400,032  

Provision for loan losses

     —         (44,970 )     —         (44,970 )
                                

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses

     883,563       471,499       —         1,355,062  
                                

Commission

     479,876       145,389       —         625,265  

Service charges and fees

     115,672       21,769       —         137,441  

Principal transactions

     —         110,235       —         110,235  

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net

     36,698       19,288       —         55,986  

Other revenue

     138,316       9,269       (11,253 )     136,332  
                                

Total non-interest income

     770,562       305,950       (11,253 )     1,065,259  
                                

Total net revenue

     1,654,125       777,449       (11,253 )     2,420,321  
                                

Expense excluding interest:

        

Compensation and benefits

     306,994       162,208       —         469,202  

Clearing and servicing

     74,483       189,810       (11,253 )     253,040  

Advertising and market development

     112,723       7,059       —         119,782  

Communications

     97,352       12,994       —         110,346  

Professional services

     68,097       28,850       —         96,947  

Depreciation and amortization

     57,151       16,694       —         73,845  

Occupancy and equipment

     76,948       8,620       —         85,568  

Amortization of other intangibles

     39,602       6,618       —         46,220  

Facility restructuring and other exit activities

     29,588       (1,051 )     —         28,537  

Other

     95,944       40,098       —         136,042  
                                

Total expense excluding interest

     958,882       471,900       (11,253 )     1,419,529  
                                

Segment income

   $ 695,243     $ 305,549     $ —       $ 1,000,792  
                                

(1)

Reflects elimination of transactions between retail and institutional segments, which includes deposit and free credit transfer pricing and order flow rebates.

 

136


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31, 2005  
     Retail     Institutional     Eliminations(1)     Total  

Revenue:

        

Operating interest income

   $ 685,067     $ 1,395,769     $ (430,572 )   $ 1,650,264  

Operating interest expense

     (239,943 )     (969,631 )     430,410       (779,164 )
                                

Net operating interest income

     445,124       426,138       (162 )     871,100  

Provision for loan losses

     —         (54,016 )     —         (54,016 )
                                

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses

     445,124       372,122       (162 )     817,084  
                                

Commission

     339,654       119,180       —         458,834  

Service charges and fees

     116,102       19,212       —         135,314  

Principal transactions

     —         99,175       161       99,336  

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net

     63,705       35,153       —         98,858  

Other revenue

     112,836       10,383       (28,800 )     94,419  
                                

Total non-interest income

     632,297       283,103       (28,639 )     886,761  
                                

Total net revenue

     1,077,421       655,225       (28,801 )     1,703,845  
                                

Expense excluding interest:

        

Compensation and benefits

     232,494       148,309       —         380,803  

Clearing and servicing

     47,618       170,919       (28,801 )     189,736  

Advertising and market development

     96,918       9,017       —         105,935  

Communications

     71,693       10,792       —         82,485  

Professional services

     56,238       21,178       —         77,416  

Depreciation and amortization

     60,604       14,377       —         74,981  

Occupancy and equipment

     57,869       11,220       —         69,089  

Amortization of other intangibles

     13,894       29,871       —         43,765  

Facility restructuring and other exit activities

     (32,754 )     2,737       —         (30,017 )

Other

     14,090       45,770       —         59,860  
                                

Total expense excluding interest

     618,664       464,190       (28,801 )     1,054,053  
                                

Segment income

   $ 458,757     $ 191,035     $ —       $ 649,792  
                                

(1)

Reflects elimination of transactions between retail and institutional segments, which includes deposit transfer pricing, servicing and order flow rebates.

 

137


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31, 2004  
     Retail     Institutional     Eliminations(1)     Total  

Revenue:

        

Operating interest income

   $ 492,233     $ 956,972     $ (303,608 )   $ 1,145,597  

Operating interest expense

     (169,955 )     (644,108 )     303,608       (510,455 )
                                

Net operating interest income

     322,278       312,864       —         635,142  

Provision for loan losses

     —         (38,121 )     —         (38,121 )
                                

Net operating interest income after provision for loan losses

     322,278       274,743       —         597,021  
                                

Commission

     328,889       102,749       —         431,638  

Service charges and fees

     84,445       13,130       —         97,575  

Principal transactions

     —         126,893       —         126,893  

Gain on sales of loans and securities, net

     93,694       47,024       —         140,718  

Other revenue

     106,457       16,684       (34,064 )     89,077  
                                

Total non-interest income

     613,485       306,480       (34,064 )     885,901  
                                

Total net revenue

     935,763       581,223       (34,064 )     1,482,922  
                                

Expense excluding interest:

        

Compensation and benefits

     227,867       122,573       —         350,440  

Clearing and servicing

     48,275       148,143       (34,064 )     162,354  

Advertising and market development

     57,193       4,962       —         62,155  

Communications

     61,112       8,562       —         69,674  

Professional services

     44,474       24,540       —         69,014  

Depreciation and amortization

     65,599       12,293       —         77,892  

Occupancy and equipment

     57,437       12,135       —         69,572  

Amortization of other intangibles

     11,863       7,580       —         19,443  

Facility restructuring and other exit activities

     4,784       10,904       —         15,688  

Other

     49,542       41,349       —         90,891  
                                

Total expense excluding interest

     628,146       393,041       (34,064 )     987,123  
                                

Segment income

   $ 307,617     $ 188,182     $ —       $ 495,799  
                                

(1)

Reflects elimination of transactions between retail and institutional segments, which includes deposit transfer pricing, servicing and order flow rebates.

Segment Assets

Total assets for each segment are shown in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 

     Retail    Institutional    Eliminations    Total

At December 31, 2006

   $ 13,864,334    $ 39,874,969    $ —      $ 53,739,303

At December 31, 2005

   $ 12,901,008    $ 31,666,678    $ —      $ 44,567,686

 

138


Table of Contents

Geographic Information

The Company operates in both the United States and international markets. The Company’s international operations are conducted through offices in Europe, Asia and Canada. The following information provides a representation of each region’s contribution to the consolidated amounts (dollars in thousands):

 

     United States    Europe    Asia    Canada    Total

Total net revenue:

              

Year ended December 31, 2006

   $ 2,152,253    $ 147,768    $ 53,505    $ 66,795    $ 2,420,321

Year ended December 31, 2005

   $ 1,496,204    $ 80,505    $ 71,683    $ 55,453    $ 1,703,845

Year ended December 31, 2004

   $ 1,310,234    $ 89,979    $ 32,360    $ 50,349    $ 1,482,922

Long-lived assets:

              

At December 31, 2006

   $ 302,409    $ 6,255    $ 2,722    $ 7,003    $ 318,389

At December 31, 2005

   $ 285,870    $ 5,047    $ 1,254    $ 7,085    $ 299,256

No single customer accounted for greater than 10% of gross revenues for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

NOTE 27—FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The fair value of financial instruments whose estimated fair values were their carrying values are summarized as follows:

 

   

Cash and equivalents, cash and investments required to be segregated, brokerage receivables, net and brokerage payables—Fair value is estimated to be carrying value.

 

   

Available-for-sale investment securities including mortgage-backed, trading securities and other investments—Fair value is estimated by using quoted market prices for most securities. For illiquid securities, market prices are estimated by obtaining market price quotes on similar liquid securities and adjusting the price to reflect differences between the two securities, such as credit risk, liquidity, term coupon, payment characteristics and other information.

 

   

FHLB stock—Cost is considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair value because the FHLB has historically redeemed these securities at cost.

 

   

Financial derivatives and off-balance instruments—The fair value of financial derivatives and off-balance sheet instruments is the amount the Company would pay or receive to terminate the agreement as determined from quoted market prices, which is equal to the carrying value.

 

   

Commitments to purchase and originate loans—The fair value is estimated by calculating the net present value of the anticipated cash flows associated with IRLCs.

The fair value of financial instruments whose estimated fair values were different from their carrying values are summarized below (dollars in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2006   December 31, 2005
    Carrying
Value
  Fair Value   Carrying
Value
  Fair Value

Assets:

       

Loans receivable, net and loans held-for-sale, net

  $ 26,656,193   $ 26,416,079   $ 19,512,266   $ 19,242,275

Liabilities:

       

Deposits

  $ 24,071,012   $ 23,320,015   $ 15,948,015   $ 15,937,684

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $ 9,792,422   $ 9,809,313   $ 11,101,542   $ 11,014,478

Other borrowings

  $ 5,323,962   $ 5,345,326   $ 4,206,996   $ 4,132,159

Senior notes

  $ 1,401,592   $ 1,471,500   $ 1,401,947   $ 1,437,132

Mandatory convertible notes

  $ 440,577   $ 525,060   $ 435,589   $ 493,958

Convertible subordinated notes

  $ —     $ —     $ 185,165   $ 187,942

 

139


Table of Contents
   

Loans receivable, net and loans held-for-sale, net—For certain residential mortgage loans, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar types of products. The fair value of certain other types of loans is estimated using quoted market prices for securities backed by similar loans. The fair value for loans that could not be reasonably established using the previous two methods was estimated by discounting future cash flows using current rates for similar loans. Management adjusts the discount rate to reflect the individual characteristics of the loan, such as credit risk, coupon, term, payment characteristics and the liquidity of the secondary market for these types of loans. The fair value for certain consumer loans was calculated using a discounted cash flow model incorporating prepayment and loss curves for the specific product type. Loans were valued in groups based on rate and term with the discount rate applied to each group derived from the swap curve. The calculation of loss and prepayment curves was based on past performance of similar credit quality originations by the same counterparty.

 

   

Deposits—For checking accounts, fair value is estimated to be carrying value. For sweep deposit accounts, money market accounts, passbook savings and fixed maturity certificates of deposit, fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows at the currently offered rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—Fair value is determined by discounting future cash flows at the rate implied for other similar instruments with similar remaining maturities.

 

   

Other borrowings—For very short-term borrowings, fair value is estimated to be carrying value. For the rest of borrowings, fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows at the currently offered rates for borrowings of similar remaining maturities.

 

   

Senior, mandatory convertible and convertible subordinated notes—Fair value is estimated using quoted market prices.

NOTE 28—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit to its principal officers, directors and employees to finance their purchases of securities on margin. Margin receivables to the Company’s principal officers totaled approximately $6.3 million and $5.3 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These margin receivables are made on the same terms and conditions as the Company’s loans to other non-affiliated customers.

 

140


Table of Contents

NOTE 29—CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

The following presents the Parent’s condensed statement of income and comprehensive income, balance sheet, and cash flows:

STATEMENT OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

Revenue:

      

Management fees from subsidiaries

   $ 181,621     $ 224,894     $ 318,772  
                        

Total net revenue

     181,621       224,894       318,772  
                        

Expense excluding interest:

      

Compensation and benefits

     139,056       130,081       124,208  

Clearing and servicing

     (1,089 )     206       (1,062 )

Advertising and market development

     9,036       13,498       6,154  

Communications

     25,455       18,973       17,949  

Professional services

     35,296       27,647       30,445  

Depreciation and amortization

     54,621       50,528       54,664  

Occupancy and equipment

     24,559       25,036       32,335  

Facility restructuring and other exit activities

     20,279       2,991       14,478  

Intercompany allocations and charges

     (147,798 )     (120,598 )     (30,260 )

Other

     24,281       17,545       33,089  
                        

Total expense excluding interest

     183,696       165,907       282,000  
                        

Income (loss) before other income (expense), income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

     (2,075 )     58,987       36,772  
                        

Other income (expense):

      

Corporate interest income

     2,617       2,265       740  

Corporate interest expense

     (149,700 )     (71,510 )     (45,775 )

Gain on sales and impairment of investments

     —         982       1,427  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     (703 )     —         (19,443 )

Equity in income (loss) of investments and venture funds

     (989 )     6,247       4,858  
                        

Total other income (expense)

     (148,775 )     (62,016 )     (58,193 )
                        

Loss before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change

     (150,850 )     (3,029 )     (21,421 )

Income tax benefit

     (143,845 )     (10,806 )     (42,007 )
                        

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

     (7,005 )     7,777       20,586  

Gain from discontinued operations, net of tax

     2,593       —         —    

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax

     —         1,646       —    

Equity in income of other consolidated subsidiaries

     633,271       420,989       359,897  
                        

Net income

     628,859       430,412       380,483  

Other comprehensive loss

     (25,760 )     (34,513 )     (51,222 )
                        

Comprehensive income

   $ 603,099     $ 395,899     $ 329,261  
                        

 

141


Table of Contents

BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands)

 

     December 31,
     2006    2005
ASSETS      

Cash and equivalents

   $ 139,542    $ 93,514

Property and equipment, net

     230,120      205,796

Investment in other consolidated subsidiaries

     5,529,008      5,117,555

Receivable from subsidiaries

     107,031      116,100

Other assets

     201,495      97,320
             

Total assets

   $ 6,207,196    $ 5,630,285
             
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY      

Liabilities:

     

Senior notes

   $ 1,401,593    $ 1,401,947

Mandatory convertible notes

     440,577      435,589

Convertible subordinated notes

     —        185,165

Other liabilities

     168,656      208,024
             

Total liabilities

     2,010,826      2,230,725
             

Total shareholders’ equity

     4,196,370      3,399,560
             

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 6,207,196    $ 5,630,285
             

 

142


Table of Contents

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2005     2004  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   $ 628,859     $ 430,412     $ 380,483  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Cumulative effect of accounting change

     —         (1,646 )     —    

Equity in undistributed income of other subsidiaries

     (307,623 )     (55,210 )     (316,385 )

Equity in income of investments and venture funds

     989       (6,247 )     (4,858 )

Depreciation and amortization

     54,621       50,528       54,664  

Gain on sales and impairment of investments

     —         (946 )     (1,427 )

Non-cash restructuring costs and other exit activities

     20,279       2,991       14,478  

Stock-based compensation

     8,848       6,916       —    

Tax benefit from tax deductions in excess of compensation expense

     (12,410 )     (10,352 )     (17,913 )

Other

     (1,213 )     1,459       4,645  

Other changes, net:

      

Other assets and liabilities, net

     (63,350 )     (73,131 )     95,684  

Facility restructuring liabilities

     (798 )     (4,581 )     (9,301 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     328,202       340,193       200,070  
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (87,400 )     (66,191 )     (70,206 )

Purchase of investments

     —         (9,785 )     (10,566 )

Proceeds from sales/maturities of investments

     2,162       18,803       16,409  

Return of capital from other subsidiaries

     44,014       —         —    

Cash used in business acquisitions

     (15,259 )     (2,312,879 )     —    

Cash contribution to subsidiaries

     (167,978 )     (80,000 )     —    

Other

     3,262       1,021       —    
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (221,199 )     (2,449,031 )     (64,363 )
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Payments for redemption of convertible notes

     (1,754 )     —         (428,902 )

Proceeds from issuance of senior notes

     —         992,064       394,000  

Proceeds from issuance of mandatory convertible notes

     —         436,500       —    

Repurchases of common stock

     (122,601 )     (58,215 )     (175,776 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock from employee stock transactions

     52,720       753,134       43,974  

Tax benefit from tax deductions in excess of compensation expense recognition

     12,410       10,352       17,913  

Payment of capital leases

     —         (157 )     (734 )

Other

     (1,750 )     (333 )     260  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (60,975 )     2,133,345       (149,265 )
                        

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

     46,028       24,507       (13,558 )

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS, Beginning of period

     93,514       69,007       82,565  
                        

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS, End of period

   $ 139,542     $ 93,514     $ 69,007  
                        

 

143


Table of Contents

Parent Company Guarantees

Guarantees are contingent commitments issued by the Company for the purpose of guaranteeing the financial obligations of a subsidiary to a financial institution. The collective obligation of the corporation does not change by the existence of corporate guarantees. Rather, the guarantees shift ultimate payment responsibility of an existing financial obligation from a subsidiary to the parent company.

In support of the Company’s brokerage business, the Company has provided guarantees on the settlement of its subsidiaries’ financial obligations with several financial institutions related to its securities lending activities. Terms and conditions of the guarantees, although typically undefined in the guarantees themselves, are governed by the conditions of the underlying obligation that the guarantee covers. Thus, the Company’s obligation to pay under these guarantees coincides exactly with the terms and conditions of those underlying obligations. At December 31, 2006, no claims had been filed with the Company for payment under any guarantees. These guarantees are not collateralized.

In addition to guarantees issued on behalf of subsidiaries participating in securities lending programs, the Company also issues guarantees for the settlement of foreign exchange transactions. If a subsidiary fails to deliver currency on the settlement date of a foreign exchange arrangement, the beneficiary financial institution may seek payment from the Company. Terms are undefined, and are governed by the terms of the underlying financial obligation. At December 31, 2006, no claims had been made on the Company under these guarantees and thus, no obligations had been recorded. These guarantees are not collateralized.

NOTE 30—SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On February 13, 2007, the Company’s open offer to purchase an additional 20% of Investsmart’s outstanding shares closed. During this open offer, approximately 5% of Investmart’s shares were tendered, increasing our total ownership percentage to 45%.

NOTE 31—QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

The information presented below reflects all adjustments, which, in the opinion of management, are of a normal and recurring nature necessary to present fairly the results of operations for the periods presented (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    2006   2005
    1st   2nd   3rd   4th   1st   2nd   3rd   4th

Total net revenue

  $ 598,349   $ 611,358   $ 581,766   $ 628,848   $ 417,397   $ 387,687   $ 419,836   $ 478,925

Net income from continuing operations

  $ 142,984   $ 156,692   $ 150,228   $ 176,910   $ 102,206   $ 109,383   $ 109,138   $ 125,511

Net income

  $ 142,471   $ 156,484   $ 153,249   $ 176,655   $ 91,994   $ 101,567   $ 107,491   $ 129,360

Earnings per share from continuing operations:

               

Basic

  $ 0.34   $ 0.37   $ 0.35   $ 0.42   $ 0.28   $ 0.30   $ 0.30   $ 0.32

Diluted

  $ 0.33   $ 0.36   $ 0.34   $ 0.40   $ 0.27   $ 0.29   $ 0.29   $ 0.31

Net earnings per share:

               

Basic

  $ 0.34   $ 0.37   $ 0.36   $ 0.42   $ 0.25   $ 0.28   $ 0.29   $ 0.33

Diluted

  $ 0.33   $ 0.36   $ 0.35   $ 0.40   $ 0.24   $ 0.27   $ 0.28   $ 0.32

 

144


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

  (a) Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective based on their evaluation of these controls and procedures required by paragraph (b) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15.

 

  (b) Our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our last fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2006, as required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15, and have concluded that there were no such changes that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

PART III

The Company’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be held May 23, 2007 which, when filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, will be incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, provides the information required under Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14).

PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present, or not present in amounts, sufficient to require submission of the schedules or because the required information is provided in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

145


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Description

2.1    Agreement and Plan of Acquisition and Reorganization at May 31, 1999 by and among the Registrant, Turbo Acquisition Corp. and Telebanc Financial Corporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration Statement No. 333-91467).
2.2    Merger Agreement made at June 14, 2000 between the Company, 3045157 Nova Scotia Company, EGI Canada Corporation, Versus Technologies Inc., Versus Brokerage Services Inc., Versus Brokerage Services (U.S.) Inc. and Fairvest Securities Corporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration Statement No. 333-41628).
2.3    Agreement and Plan of Mergers, Member Interest Purchase Agreement and Reorganization, dated at August 29, 2001, by and among the Company, Dempsey LLC and the individuals and entities names therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2001).
2.4    Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated September 28, 2005, by and among the Company, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. and J.P. Morgan Invest Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 3, 2005).
2.5    First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated October 6, 2005, by and among Harris Financial Corp, Harrisdirect LLC and E*TRADE Financial Corporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 7, 2005).
3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of E*TRADE Financial Corporation as currently in effect. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 7, 2003).
3.2    Certificate of Designation of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration Statement No. 333-41628).
3.3    Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed November 9, 2000).
3.4    Certificate of Designation of Series B Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock of the Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2001).
4.1    Specimen of Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
4.2    Reference is hereby made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3.
4.3    Indenture, dated February 1, 2000, by and between the Company and The Bank of New York. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration Statement No. 333-35802).
4.4    Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 1, 2000, by and among the Company, FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., Hambrecht & Quist LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration Statement No. 333-35802).
4.5    Indenture dated May 29, 2001 by and between the Company and The Bank of New York (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration Statement No. 333-64102).
4.6    Rights Agreement dated at July 9, 2001 between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 9, 2001).

 

146


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description

  4.7    Indenture dated June 8, 2004 between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and the Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 5, 2004).
  4.8    Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 8, 2004 between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., as Initial Purchasers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit I of the Company’s Form S-4 filed July 1, 2004).
4.9    Purchase Contract and Pledge Agreement dated November 22, 2005 between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 1, 2006)
4.10    Form of Corporate Unit (included in Exhibit 4.9—Purchase Contract and Pledge Agreement) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 1, 2006)
4.11    Form of Treasury Unit (included in Exhibit 4.9—Purchase Contract and Pledge Agreement) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 1, 2006)
4.12    Subordinated Indenture dated November 22, 2005 between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 1, 2006)
4.13    Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated November 22, 2005 to the Subordinated Indenture between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 1, 2006)
4.14    Form of Subordinated Note (included in Exhibit 4.13—Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to the Subordinated Indenture) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 1, 2006)
4.15    Indenture dated November 22, 2005 between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 1, 2006)
4.16    Form of Senior Note (included in Exhibit 4.15—Indenture dated November 22, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 1, 2006)
  4.17    First Supplemental Indenture dated September 19, 2005 by and between the Company and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 1, 2005).
  4.18    Indenture dated September 19, 2005 by and between the Company and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 1, 2005).
  4.19    Registration Rights Agreement dated as of September 19, 2005, among E*TRADE Financial Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as Initial Purchasers, relating to the Company’s 8% Senior Notes due 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 1, 2005).
  4.20    Registration Rights Agreement dated as of September 19, 2005, among E*TRADE Financial Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as Initial Purchasers, relating to the Company’s 7 3/8% Senior Notes due 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 1, 2005).
  4.21    Supplemental Indenture dated November 10, 2005, between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 15, 2005).
  4.22    Registration Rights Agreement dated November 10, 2005, between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co., relating to the Company’s 7 3/8% Senior Notes Due 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 15, 2005).
  4.23    Common Stock Underwriting Agreement among E*TRADE Financial Corporation and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representatives of the underwriters

 

147


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description

   named therein, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as forward sellers, and Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as forward counterparties, dated November 16, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2005).
  4.24    Notes Underwriting Agreement among E*TRADE Financial Corporation and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representatives of the underwriters therein, dated November 16, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2005).
  4.25    Equity Units Underwriting Agreement among E*TRADE Financial Corporation and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representatives of the underwriters named therein, dated November 16, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2005).
  4.26    Confirmation of Forward Stock Sale Transaction between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited dated November 16, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2005).
  4.27    Confirmation of Forward Stock Sale Transaction between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association dated November 16, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 18, 2005).
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Registrant and its directors and certain officers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.2    1983 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.3    1993 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.4    Amended 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed November 9, 2000).
10.5    401(k) Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.6    1996 Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.13 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration Statement No. 333-12503).
10.7    Employee Bonus Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.8    Menlo Oaks Corporate Center Standard Business Lease by and between Menlo Oaks Partners, L.P. and E*TRADE Financial Corporation, dated August 18, 1998 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed November 9, 2000).
10.10    Lease of premises at 10951 White Rock Road, Rancho Cordova, California (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.11    Clearing Agreement between E*TRADE Securities, Inc. and Herzog, Heine, Geduld, Inc. dated May 11, 1994 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).

 

148


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description

10.12    Guarantee by the Registrant to Herzog, Heine, Geduld, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.13    BETAHOST Master Subscription Agreement between E*TRADE Securities, Inc. and BETA Systems Inc. dated June 27, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.14    Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P. and GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P. dated September 28, 1995 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.15    Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P., and GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P., Richard S. Braddock and the Cotsakos Group dated April 10, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.16    Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and SOFTBANK Holdings Inc. dated June 6, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.17    Shareholders Agreement among the Registrant, General Atlantic Partners II, L.P., GAP Coinvestment Partners, L.P. and the Shareholders named therein dated September 1995 (the “Shareholders Agreement”) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.18    Supplement No. 1 to Shareholders Agreement dated at April 10, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.19    Shareholders Agreement Supplement and Amendment dated at June 6, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.20    Purchase Agreement, dated February 1, 2000, by and among the Company, FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., Hambrecht & Quist LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 10-Q, filed February 14, 2000).
10.21    Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and George Hayter dated at June 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-05525).
10.24    Joint Venture Agreement dated June 3, 1998 by and between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and SOFTBANK CORP. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 12, 1998).
10.25    Promissory Note dated June 5, 1998 issued by E*TRADE Financial Corporation to SOFTBANK CORP. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 12, 1998).
10.26    Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 5, 1998 by and between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and SOFTBANK Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed June 12, 1998).
10.27    Stock Purchase Agreement dated July 9, 1998 by and between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and SOFTBANK Holdings, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed July 17, 1998).
10.28    E*TRADE Ventures I, LLC, Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Form 10-Q/A filed April 17, 2000).

 

149


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description

10.29    E*TRADE eCommerce Fund, L.P., Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Form 10-Q/A filed April 17, 2000).
10.30    E*TRADE Ventures II, LLC, Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed November 9, 2000).
10.31    E*TRADE eCommerce Fund II, L.P., Limited Partnership Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2000).
10.32    [redacted] Amended and Restated Strategic Alliance Agreement dated September 26, 2000 by and between the Company and Wit SoundView Group, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Company’s Form 10-Q/A filed October 25, 2000).
10.35    Form of Note Secured by Stock Pledge Agreement by and between the Company and Christos M. Cotsakos, Jerry Gramaglia, Connie M. Dotson, Pamela Kramer, and Leonard C. Purkis. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2000).
10.36    Form of Stock Pledge Agreement by and between the Company and Christos M. Cotsakos, Jerry Gramaglia, Connie M. Dotson, Pamela Kramer, and Leonard C. Purkis. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2000).
10.43    Form of Stock Pledge Agreement by and between the Company and Jerry Gramaglia dated December 20, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed February 14, 2001).
10.44    Form of Note Secured by Stock Pledge Agreement by and between the Company and Jerry Gramaglia dated December 20, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed February 14, 2001).
10.45    Form of Note, Loan Agreement and Unit Pledge Agreement dated November 20, 2000 by and between the Company and William A. Porter (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed February 14, 2001).
10.46    Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated January 1, 2001 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed February 14, 2001).
10.47    Form of Residential Lease with option to buy entered into between B.R.E. Holdings LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and Jerry Gramaglia, as lessee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2001).
10.48    Form of Loan and Note Agreement between the Company and Dennis Lundien, dated May 9, 2001 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2001).
10.49    Form of Note and Stock Pledge Agreement between the Company and Christos M. Cotsakos, dated June 19, 2001 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2001).
10.50    Termination Agreement and General Release by and between the Company and SoundView Technology Group, Inc. dated August 20, 2001 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2001).
10.51    Agreement Regarding Increase of Capital Commitment of the Company and Modification of Order of Fund Distribution by and between the Company and ArrowPath Venture Partners I, LLC dated October 1, 2001 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2001).
10.52    Amendment to Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of E*TRADE eCommerce Fund L.P. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2001).

 

150


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description

  10.53    Second Amended Employment Agreement dated August 27, 2001 by and between the Company and Christos M. Cotsakos (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2001).
  10.54    Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2001 by and between the Company and Jerry Gramaglia (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed April 1, 2002).
  10.55    Form of Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2001 by and between the Company and Mitchell H. Caplan, R. (Robert) Jarrett Lilien and Joshua S. Levine, as individuals (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed April 1, 2002).
  10.56    Employment Agreement dated May 15, 2002 by and between the Company and Christos M. Cotsakos (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed May 10, 2002).
  10.57    Separation Agreement dated January 23, 2003 by and between the Company and Christos M. Cotsakos (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 27, 2003).
  10.58    Employment Agreement dated January 23, 2003 by and between the Company and Mitchell H. Caplan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 27, 2003).
  10.59    Form of Employment Agreement dated January 21, 2003 by and between the Company and Mitchell H. Caplan, Arlen W. Gelbard, Joshua S. Levine and R. Jarrett Lilien (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 27, 2003).
  10.60    [redacted] Master Service Agreement and Global Services Schedule, dated April 9, 2003, between E*TRADE Group, Inc. and ADP Financial Information Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed August 8, 2003).
  10.61    E*TRADE FINANCIAL Sweep Deposit Account Brokerage and Servicing Agreement, dated September 12, 2003, by and between E*TRADE Bank and E*TRADE Clearing LLC. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 7, 2003).
  10.62    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2003, between Deutsche Bank AG, a German Corporation and E*TRADE Bank, a federal savings bank under the laws of United States (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed January 7, 2003).
  10.63    Settlement Agreement dated as of December 10, 2003, between E*TRADE Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates and Christos M. Cotsakos (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 11, 2004).
  10.64    Form of Employment dated September 1, 2004, by and between the Company and each of Mitchell H. Caplan, R. Jarret Lilien, Arlen W. Gelbard, Louis Klobuchar, Joshua Levine, Robert J. Simmons and Russell S. Elmer (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 5, 2004).
  10.65    Code of Conduct (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed November 5, 2004).
  10.66    Remarketing Agreement dated November 22, 2005 among E*TRADE and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and The Bank of New York. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 1, 2006)
  10.67    2005 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Award Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2005).
  10.68    Executive Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.67 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2005).
  10.69    Credit Agreement dated September 19, 2005 between the Company and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference as exhibit 10.01 in 10-Q filed November 1, 2005).
*12.1    Statement of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

151


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description

*21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
*23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
*31.1    Certification—Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
*31.2    Certification—Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
*32.1    Certification —Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

* Filed herein.

 

152


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: March 1, 2007

 

E*TRADE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Registrant)

By   /S/    MITCHELL H. CAPLAN        
  Mitchell H. Caplan
  Chief Executive Officer
By   /S/    ROBERT J. SIMMONS        
  Robert J. Simmons
 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    GEORGE A. HAYTER         

(George A. Hayter)

   Chairman of the Board   March 1, 2007

/s/    MITCHELL H. CAPLAN        

(Mitchell H. Caplan)

   Chief Executive Officer (principal
    executive officer)
  March 1, 2007

/s/    ROBERT J. SIMMONS        

(Robert J. Simmons)

   Chief Financial Officer (principal
    financial and accounting officer)
  March 1, 2007

/s/    DARYL G. BREWSTER        

(Daryl G. Brewster)

   Director   March 1, 2007

 

(Ronald D. Fisher)

   Director  

/s/    R. JARRETT LILIEN        

(R. Jarrett Lilien)

   Director   March 1, 2007

/s/    MICHAEL K. PARKS        

(Michael K. Parks)

   Director   March 1, 2007

(C. Cathleen Raffaeli)

   Director  

/s/    LEWIS E. RANDALL        

(Lewis E. Randall)

   Director   March 1, 2007

/s/    DONNA L. WEAVER        

(Donna L. Weaver)

   Director   March 1, 2007

/s/    STEPHEN H. WILLARD        

(Stephen H. Willard)

   Director   March 1, 2007

 

153